The URL can be used to link to this page

20100212 Project Manual F&A 10262010t ba g architects t 425.778.1530 2191 1 76th Ave. W 5wte 210 f 425.774.7803 Edmonds, WA 98026 FOOT & ANKLE SURGICAL ASSOCIATES YELM MOB Yelm, WA Project #09009 PROJECT MANUAL 20 October 2010 F~~~ r p gC~~II~I~ ~~~- ~D B Y: -------•-------°--- ' tgba -Project #09009 I SECTION 00 0110 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTRACT FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR AIA A-101 General Conditions of the Contract AIA A-201 Instructions to Bidders AIA A-701 Contractor's Qualification Statement AIA A-305 Bid Bond AIA A-310 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Division 00 -Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 1116 -Invitation to Bid 00 2113 -Instructions to Bidders 00 2213 -Supplementary Instructions to Bidders 00 4100 -Bid Form SPECIFICATIONS Division 01 --General Requirements 01 1000 - Summary of the Work 01 1421 -Alteration Procedures 01 2613 -Requests for Information 01 3101 -CAD Data Release Agreement 01 3113 -Project Coordination 01 3119 -Project Meetings 01 3216 -Construction Progress Schedule 01 3300 -Submittals 01 4000 -Quality Requirements 01 4100 -Regulatory Requirements 01 5000 -Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01 6000 -Product Requirements 01 7000 -Closeout Procedures 01 7123 -Field Engineering 01 7329 -Cutting and Patching 01 7413 -Progress Cleaning 20 October 201 D 00 0110 - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS t l gba -Project #09009 Foot & Ank e Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 01 7423 -Final Cleaning 01 7823 -Operation and Maintenance Data 01 7836 -Warranties and Bonds 01 9000 -Material Color and Pattern Standards Division 02 -- Existing Conditions 02 4100 -Selective Demolition Division 03 -- Concrete 03 5415 - Cementitions Floor Underlayment Division 04 -- Masonry Division 05 --Metals Division 06 -- Wood, Plastics, and Composites 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry 06 4100 -Architectural Wood Casework Division 07 -Thermal and Moisture Protection Division 08 » Openings 08 1213 -Hollow Metal Frames ~, 08 1416 -Flush Wood Doors 08 3100 -Access Doors and Panels OS 7100 -Door Hardware 08 8000 -Glass and Glazing Division 09 -Finishes 09 2116 -Gypsum Board Systems 09 5100 -Acoustical Ceilings 09 6500 -Resilient Flooring 1~ 09 6813 -Tile Carpeting 09 9000 -Painting and Coating Division 10 -Specialties 10 1400 - Signage 10 2800 -Toilet Accessories 10 4400 -Fire Protection Specialties Division 11 » Equipment 11 9010 -Equipment Division 12 -Furnishings Division 13 --Special Construction l 20 October 2010 00 0110 - 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS i~ lJ i 1 f w t tgba -Project #09009 13 4900 -Radiation Protection Division 14 --Conveying Equipment Division 21 -- Fire Suppression 21 0000 -Fire Protection Piping (Design/Build) Division 22 --Plumbing 22 0000 -Plumbing (Design/Build) Division 23 -- Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) 23 0000 -HVAC (Design/Build) Division 26 --Electrical 26 0000 -Electrical (Design/Build) Division 27 --Communications Division 28 --Electronic Safety and Security Appendix A. Equipment Cut Sheets B. Yelm MOB Design and Construction Guidelines END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 20 October 2010 00 0110 - 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB ~t- ~ ~., ~ . _ Document A101 2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of paymenf is a Sfipulafed Sum AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year (In words, indicate day, month and~~ear.) BETWEEN the Owner: (Name, legal status, address and other information) Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates 1610 Bishop Road SE Tumwater, WA 98512 and the Contractor: (Name, legal slates, address and other i-rjnrmation) TBD for the following Project: (Name, location and detailed description) Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates 09009 Yelm Medical Office Building 201 Tahoma Blvd SE Suite 208 Yelm, WA 98597 The Architect: (Name, legal status, address and other information) TGB Architects 21911 76~' Avenue W, Suite 210 Edmonds, WA 98026 The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Repoli that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. AIA Document A201 TM-2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, is adopted in this document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified. Ink AIA Document A101^' -2007. Copyright ®1915. 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.5. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Al A'" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 1 maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:57:40 on 10/18/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 011 7/2 01 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1211656309) TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 4 CONTRACT SUM 5 PAYMENTS 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 10 INSURANCE AND BONDS ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, all of which form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than a Modification, appears in Article 9. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except as specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. ARTK:LE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement if it difJers_f om the date of this Agreement or, if applicable, slate that the date toil! be_Jtted in a notice to proceed.) If, prior to the commencement of the Work, the Owner requires time to file mortgages and other security interests, the Owner's time requirement shall be as follows: § 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement. § 3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than ( )days from the date of commencement, or as follows: (Insert number of calendar da~~s. Alternatively, a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date of commencement. If appropriate, insert regrrirementc for earlier Substantial Completion ajcertain portions of the Work.) Ink. AIA Document A101T" - 2007. Copyright ®1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights roserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. UnauthoHzed reproduction or distribution of this AIA`' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the t maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:57:40 an 10/18/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 011 712 01 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1211656309) ,w 1~ 1 Portion of Work Substantial Completion Date ,subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions, if any, for liquidated damages relating to failure to achiere Substantial Completion on time or jor bonus payments for early completion of the Work.) ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM § 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be ($ ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. § 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the nunrber~ or other idenlifrcation of accepted alter7rates. If the bidding or• proposal documents permit the Owner to accept other alternates subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, attach a schedule ojsuch other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires.) § 4.3 Unit ricer, if an P Y (Idenl~ and stale the :mit price; slate qurn:tity limitations, rf any, (o which the unit price wit! be applicable.) Item Units and Limitations Price Per Unit (;0.00) § 4.4 Allowances included in the Contract Sum, if any: (Ident~ allowance and state exclusions, if arty, from the allowance price.) Item Price ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS § 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS § 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month, or as follows: § 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the day of a month, the Owner shall make payment of the certified amount to the Contractor not later than the day of the month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than ( )days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. (Federal, state or local lmvc may require payment withi-1 a certain period of lime.) § 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepazed in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. lnH AIA Document A101"' -2007. Copyright ®1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights nssrved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution o(this AIA° Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the I maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:57:40 on 1 011 812 01 0 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10117!2011, and is not for resale. Ussr Notes: (1211656309) § 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. § 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: .1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values, less retainage of percent ( %). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Section 7.3.9 of AIA Document A201T*'-2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction; .2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing), less retainage of percent ( %); .3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and .4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 9.5 of AIA Document A201-2007. § 5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.1.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances: .1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work, retainage applicable to such work and unsettled claims; and (Section 9.8. S oJAIA Document A201-2007 requires release of applicable retainage upon Substantial Completion of Work with consent of s:rret)~, if any.) .2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Section 9.10.3 of AIA Document A201-2007. § 5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows: (/fit is intended, prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, to r educe or limit the retainage resulting. from the percentages inser7ed in Sections 5.1. d.l and 5.1.6.2 above, and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert here provisions jor such reduction or limitation.) § 5.1.9 Except with the Owner's prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. § 5.2 FlNAL PAYMENT § 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when .1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201-2007, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final payment; and .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. § 5.2.2 The Owner's fmal payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment, or as follows: ARTICLE 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION § 6.11NITIAL DECISION MAKER The Architect will serve as Initial Decision Maker pursuant to Section 15.2 of AlA Document A201-2007, unless the parties appoint below another individual, not a party to this Agreement, to serve as Initial Decision Maker. )nk AIA Document A101 "' - 2007. Copyright ®1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights nsarved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the t maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:57:40 on 10/18/2D10 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 DI17I2011, and is not (or resale. Usar Notes: (1211656309) .~ r a 1 r i] t 1 1 u (IJthe parties mutually agree, insert the name, address and other contact i-rfor~rtation of the Initial Decision Maker, if other than the Architect.) § 6.2 BINDING DISPUTE RESOLUTION For any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation pursuant to Section 15.3 of AIA Document A201-2007, the method of binding dispute resolution shall be as follows: (Check the appropriate box. If the Owner and Co-at-•actor do not select a method of binding dispute resohttion below, or do not subsegz-ently agree in -vriting to a binding dispute resolution method other than litigation, Claims will be resolved by litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction.) [ ] Arbitration pursuant to Section 15.4 of AIA Document A201-2007 [ ] Litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction [ ] Other (Specify) ARTICLE 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION § T.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AlA Document A2o1-2007. § 7.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201-2007. ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201-2007 or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. § 8.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (Insert rate of i-ate-•est ag-•eed upon, if arrv.) °/a t] i.~ t 1 § 8.3 The Owner's representative: (Name, address and othe-• injo-7nation) § 8.4 The Contractor's representative: (Name, address and other information) Init. AIA Document A101 °1 - 2007. Copyright ®1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 197d, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 1 maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:57:40 on 1 0/1 812 01 0 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 011 7/2 01 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1211656309) § 8.5 Neither the Owner's nor the Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other party. § 8.6 Other provisions: ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated in the sections below. § 9.1.1 The Agreement is this executed AIA Document A 101-2007, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor. § 9.1.2 The General Conditions are AIA Document A201-2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. § 9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract: Documerrt Title Date § 9.1.4 The Specifications: (Either list the Specifications here o~• refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Section Title Date Pages Pages § 9.1.5 The Drawings: (Either list the Drawings here oa• refer to an exhibit attached to This Agreemenl.J Number § 9.1.6 The Addenda, if any: Number Title Date Date Pages Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9. § 9.1.7 Additional documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents: AIA Document E241T'"-2007, Digital Data Protocol Exhibit, if completed by the parties, or the following: .2 Other documents, if any, listed below: (List hey a anv additional documents that are intended to form part of the Contract Documents. AIA i Document A201-2007 provides that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample.fot~ts and the Contractor's bid are not part of the Contract Documents Init. AIA Document A101TM - 2007. Copyright ©1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized (i reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the t maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:57:40 on 10!18/2010 under Order No.4867977640_i which e~ires on 1 011 712 01 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1211656309) unless enumerated in this Agreement. They should be listed here on>)~ if intended to be part of the Contract Docrnnenls.) ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE AND BONDS The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance and provide bonds as set forth in Article 11 of AIA Document A201-2007. (State banding requirements, if arr1~, and limits of liability for insurance required in Article 11 of AIA Docun:enl A201-2007.) Type of insurance or bond Limit of liability or bond amount (10.00) This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. OWNER (Signature) CONTRACTOR (Signature) (Printed name and title) (Printed name and title) 1 u a u 1 AIA Document A101TM - 2007. Copyright ®1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American ln~• Institute of Architects. All Nghts reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA~ Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the t maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:57:40 on 10!1812010 under Order No.4867977fi40_1 which expires on 10117!2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1211656309) -'~-= Document A201 - 2001 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction for the following PROJECT: Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm Medical Office Building 201 Tahoma Blvd SE, Suite 208 Yelm, WA 98597 THE OWNER: Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates 1610 Bishop Road SE Tumwater, WA 98512 THE ARCHITECT: TGB Architects 21911 76`" Avenue W, Suite 210 Edmonds, WA 98026 TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 2 OWNER 3 CONTRACTOR 4 ARCHITECT 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIM E 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to tx deleted from the original AIA text. This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. Init. AIA Document A201TM - 20D7. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 1 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the i maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10!1712011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) INDEX (Topics and numbers in bold are section headings.) Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Acceptance of Work 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3 Access to Work 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 Accident Prevention 10 Acts and Omissions 3.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 10.2.5, 10.2.8,13.4.2,13.7,14.1,15.2 Addenda 1.1.1,3.11.1 Additional Costs, Claims for 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 6.1.1, 7.3.7.5, 10.3, 15.1.4 Additional Inspections and Testing 9.4.2, 9.83, 12.2.1, 13.5 Additional Insured 11.1.4 Additional Time, Claims for 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 8.3.2, 15.1.5 Administration of the Contract 3.1.3, 4.2, 9.4, 9.5 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid Aesthetic Effect 4.2.13 Allowances 3.8, 7.3.8 All-risk Insurance 11.3.1, 11.3.1.1 Applications for Payment 4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7, 9.10, 11 Approvals 2.1.1,2.2.2,2.4,3.1.3,3.10.2,3.12.8,3.12.9,3.12 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 13.5.1 Arbitration 8.3.1,11.3.10,13.1.1,15.3.2,15.4 ARCHITECT 4 1.3 .10, Architect; Definition of 4.1.1 Architect, Extent of Authority 2.4.1,3.12.7,4.1,4.2,5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.7,7.4,9.2, 9.3.1,9.4,9.5,9.6.3,9.8,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.1,13.52,]4.2.2,14.2.4,15.1.3,15.2.1 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 2.1.1,3.12.4,3.12.8, 3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1,4.2.2,4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.42, 9.5.3, 9.6.4, 15.1.3, 15.2 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 2.4.1,11.3.1.1,122.1,13.5.2,13.5.3,14.2.4 Architect's Administration of the Contract 3.1.3, 4.2, 3.7.4, 15.2, 9.4.1, 9.5 Architect's Approvals 2.4.1,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,4.2.7 Architect's Authority to Reject Work 3.5, 4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright 1.1.7, 1.5 Architect's Decisions 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.2.14,6.3, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.5.2, 15.2, 15.3 Architect's Inspections 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5, Architect's Instructions 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 13.5.2 Architect's Interpretations 4.2.1 l , 4.2.12 Architect's Project Representative 4.2.10 Architect's Relationship with Contractor 1.1.2, 1.5, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5, 3.7.4,3.7.5,3.9.2,3.9.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18, 4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3.7, 12, l 3.4.2, 13.5, 15.2 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.7 Architect's Representations 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1 Architect's Site Visits 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Asbestos 10.3.1 Attorneys' Fees 3.18.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.3 Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1, 6.1.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work 5.2 Basic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirements 1.1.1, 5.2.1, 11.4.1 Binding Dispute Resolution 9.7,11.3.9,11.3.10,13.1.1,15.2.5,15.2.6.1,15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.4.1 Boiler and Machinery Insurance 11.3.2 Bonds, Lien 7.3.7.4, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Bonds, Performance, and Payment 7.3.7.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 113.9, 11.4 Building Permit 3.7.1 Init. AIA Document A201TM - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA"' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10!12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 0/1 71201 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) 1 1 i 1 1 t ,~ ~~i ~.....i 1 Capitalization 1.3 Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5 Certificates for Payment 4.2.1, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, 9.10.1,9.10.3,14.1.1.3,14.2.4,15.1.3 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 13.5.4 Certificates of Insurance 9.10.2, 11.13 Change Orders 1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.8.2.3, 3.11.1, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 5.2.3, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.2, 7.3.2, 7.3.6, 7.3.9, 7.3.10, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 10.3.2, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1.2, 15.1.3 Change Orders, Definition of 7.2.1 CHANGES IIV THE WORK 2.2.1, 3.11, 4.2.8, 7, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 11.3.9 Claims, Definition of 15.1.1 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 3.2.4, 6.1.1, 6.3, 7.3.9, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 103.3, 15, 15.4 Claims and Timety Assertion of Claims 15.4.1 Claims for Additional Cost 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 6. ] .1, 7.3.9, 10.3.2, 15.1.4 Claims for Additional Time 3.2.4, 3.7.46.1.1, 8.3.2, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 Concealed or Unknown Conditions, Claims for 3.7.4 Claims for Damages 3.2.4,3.18,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Claims Subject to Arbitration 15.3.1, 15.4.1 Cleaning Up 3.15, 6.3 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to 2.2.1,3.2.2,3.4.1,3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,5.2.1,5.2.3, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.22, 8.3.1, I l.l, 11.3.1, 11.3.6, 11.4.1, 15.1.4 Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 3.9.1, 4.2.4 Completion, Conditions Relating to 3.4.1, 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 8.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10, 12.2, 13.7, 14.1.2 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND Compliance with Laws 1.6.1, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 9.6.4, 10.2.2, 11.1,11.3,13.1,13.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,13.6,14.1.1, 14.2.1.3,15.2.8,15.4.2,15.4.3 Concealed or Unknown Conditions 3.7.4, 4.2.8, 8.3.1, 10.3 Conditions of the Contract 1.1.1, b.l.l, 6.1.4 Consent, Written 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.R, 3.14.2, 4.12, 9.3.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2,9.10.3,11.3.1,13.2,13.4.2,15.4.4.2 Consolidation or Joinder 15.4.4 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.1.4, 6 Construction Change Directive, Definition of 7.3.1 Construction Change Directives 1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.3, 9.3.1.1 Construction Schedules, Contractor's 3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 5.4, 14.2.2.2 1 u 9 Completion, Substantial 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 13.7 fl Continuing Contract Performance 15.1.3 Contract, Definition of 1.1.2 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 5.4.1.1, 11.3.9, 14 Contract Administration 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to 3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2, 6.1, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of 1.5.2, 2.2.5, 5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of 1.1.1 Contract Sum 3.7.4, 3.8, 5.2.3, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 9.1, 9.4.2, 9.5.1.4, 9.6.7, 9.7,10.3.2,11.3.1,14.2.4,14.3.2,15.1.4,15.2.5 Contract Sum, Definition of 9.1 Contract Time 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 7.2.1.3, 7.3.1, 7.3.5, 7.4, 8.1.1, 8.2.1, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 14.3.2, 15.1.5.1, 15.2.5 Contract Time, Definition of 8.1.1 CONTRACTOR 3 Contractor, Definition of 3.1, 6.1.2 Init. AIA Document A201'" - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 3 reproduction or distribution of this AIA"' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 1 maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/1?J2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 0/1 712 01 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) Contractor's Construcfion Schedules 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15. ] .5.2 Contractor's Employees 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3. ] 8.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance 11.1 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 11.3.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5, 9.6.2, 9.6.7, 9.10.2, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 1.1.2, 1.5, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.3, 4.2, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3.7,12,13.5,15.1.2,15.2.1 Contractor's Representations 3.2.1,3.2.2,3.5,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2,3.18,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,9.5.], 10.2.8 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 3.2 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.7 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.1, 15.1.6 Contractor's Submittals 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.4, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.2 Contractor's Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.5, 7.3.7, 8.2, ] 0, 12, 14, 15.1.3 Contractual Liability Insurance 11.1.1.8, 11.2 Coordination and Correlation 1.2,3.2.1,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 1.5, 2.2.5, 3. I 1 Copyrights 1.5, 3.17 Correction of Work 2.3, 2,4, 3.7.3, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2 Cost, Definition of 7.3.7 Costs 2.4.1, 3.2.4, 3.7.3, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 5.4.2, b.l.l, 6.2.3, 7.3.3.3, 7.3.7, 7.3.8, 7.3.9, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6, 11.3, 12.1.2,12.2.1,12.2.4,13.5,14 Cutting and Patching 3.14, 6.2.5 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3.14.2, 6.2.4, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 11.1.1, 11.3, 12.2.4 Damage to the Work 3.14.2,9.9.1,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.4.1,11.3.1,12.2.4 Damages, Claims for 3.2.4,3.18,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Damages for Delay 6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1.6, 9.7, 10.3.2 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 8.1.3 Day, Definition of 8.1.4 Decisions of the Architect 3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 42.12, 4.2.13, 15.2, 6.3, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4,15.1,]5.2 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3 Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of 2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.5, 9.5.1, 9.5.2, 9.6.b, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.1 Definitions 1.1,2.1.1,3.1.1,3.5,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1, 15.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1 Delays and Extensions of Time 3.2,3.7.4,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4,5.3,9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2,10.4.1,14.3.2,15.1.5,15.2.5 Disputes 6.3, 7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2 Documents and Samples at the Site 3.11 Drawings, Definition of 1.1.5 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 3.11 Effective Date of Insurance 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Emergencies 10.4, 14.1.1.2, 15.1.4 Employees, Contractor's 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3.3,11.1.1,11.3.7,14.1,14.2.1.] Equipment, Labor, Materials or 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13.1,3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 73.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2.4,14.2.1.1,14.2.1.2 Init. AIA Document A201"' - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA~` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 4 reproduction or distribution of this AIA`' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 1 maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10112!2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which e~ryires on 1DI17/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) Execution and Progress of the Work 1.13, 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.2.5, 3.1, 3.3.1, 3.4.1, 3.5, 3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12,3.14,4.2,6.2.2,7.1.3,7.3.5,8.2, 9.5.1,9.9.1,10.2,10.3,12.2,14,2,14.3.1,15.1.3 Extensions of Time 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.i, 7.3, 7.4, 9.S.I, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4.1,14.3,15.1.5,15.2.5 Failure of Payment 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.6, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Faulty Work (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Final Completion and Final Payment 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2,11.1.3,11.3.1,11.3.5, 12.3.1, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Financial Arrangements, Owner's 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 11.3.1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 Governing Law 1 13.1 Guarantees (See Warranty} Hazardous Materials 10.2.4, 10.3 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 5.2.1 lndemnilication 3.17, 3.1$, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 10.3.5, 10.3.6, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7 Information and Services Required of the Owner 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.2, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.6.1, 9.b.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 11.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 Initial Decision 15.2 Initial Decision Maker, Definition of 1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker, Decisions 14.2.2,14.2.4,15.2.1,15.2.2,15.2.3,15.2.4,15.2.5 Initial Decision Maker, Extent of Authority 14.2.2,14.2.4,15.1.3,15.2.1,15.2.2,15.2.3,15.2.4, 15.2.5 Injury or Damage to Person or Property 10.2.8, 10.4.1 Inspections 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 Instructions to Bidders 1.1.1 1 Instructions to the Contractor 3.2.4,3.3.1,3.8.1,5.2.1,7,8.2.2, 12, 13.5.2 Instruments of Service, Definition of 1.1.7 Insurance 3.]8.1,6.1.1,7.3.7,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, 11 1 Insurance, $oiler and Machinery 11.3.2 Insurance, Contractor's Liability 11.1 Insurance, Effective Date of 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Insurance, Loss of Use 11.3.3 Insurance, Owner's Liability I1Z Insurance, Property 10.2.5, 11.3 Insurance, Stored Materials 9.3.2 INSURANCE AND BONDS ll Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy 9.9.1 Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 7.4 Interest 13.6 Interpretation 1.2.3, 1.4, 4.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 15.1.1 Interpretations, Written 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 15.1.4 Judgment on Final Award 15.4.2 Labor and Materials, Equipment 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2.4,14.2.1.1,14.2.1.2 Labor Disputes 8.3.1 Laws and Regulations 1.5,3.2.3,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13.1,4.1.1,9.6.4,9.9.1, ]0.2.2,11.1.1,11.3,13.1.1, 13.4,13.5.1,13.5.2, 13.6.1,14,15.2.8,15.4 Liens 2.1.2, 9.3.3, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8 Limitations, Statutes of 12.2.5, 13.7, 15.4.1.1 Limitations of Liability 2.3.1,3.2.2,3.5,3.12.10,3.17,3,18.1,4.2.6,4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, ! 1.1.2, 11.2, 11.3.7, 12.2.5, 13.4.2 Limitations of Time 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.2,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2.7, 5.2,5.3.1,5.4.1,6.2.4,7.3,7.4,8.2,92,9.3.1,9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.1 D, l 1.1.3, 11.3.1.5, 11.3.6,11.3.10,12.2,13.5,13.7,14,15 Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Material Suppliers 1.5, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3, 9.4.2, 9.6, 9.10.5 Materials, Hazardous 10.2.4, 10.3 tnit AlA Document A201°1 - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1965, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Mstitute of Architects. All rights nservsd. WARNING: This AIA` Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA~ Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10112!2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 011 7/201 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1.1.3, l.l.b, 1.5.1, 3.4.1, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13.1, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Construction 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 Mechanic's Lien 2.1.2, 15.2.8 Mediation 8.3.1,10.3.5,10.3.6,15.2.1,15.2.5,15.2.6,15.3, 15.4.1 Minor Changes in the Work 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,7.1,7.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 Modifications, Definition of 1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1.2,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 11.3.1 Mutual Responsibility 6.2 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2.3.1,2.4.1,3.5,4.2.6,6.2.4,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4, 12.2.1 Notice 2.2.1, 2.3.1, 2.4.1,3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.2, 3.12.9, 5.2.1, 9.7, 9.10,10.2.2,11.1.3,12.2.2.1,13.3,13.5.1,13.5.2, 14.1,14.2,15.2.8,15.4.1 Notice, Written 2.3.1,2.4.1,3.3.1,3.9.2,3.12.9,3.12.10,5.2.1,9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 103, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 12.2.2.1, 13.3, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4.1 Notice of Claims 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.4 Notice of Testing and ]nspections 13.5.1, 13.5.2 Observations, Contractor's 3.2, 3.7.4 Occupancy 2.2.2, 9.6.6, 9.8, 11.3.1.5 Orders, Written 1.1.1, 23, 3.9.2, 7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 OWNER 2 Owner, Definition of 2.1.1 Owner, Information and Services Required of the 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.2, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14. ] .4, 15.1.3 Owner's Authority 1.5,2.1.1,2.3.1,2.4.1,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 6.1, 6.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.5.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1,9.10.2,10.3.2,11.1.3,11.3.3,11.3.10,12.2.2, 12.3.1,13.2.2,14.3, 14.4,15.2.7 Owner's Financial Capability 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 Owner's Liability Insurance 11.2 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.4, 9.10.2, 1x.2.2 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 2.4, 14.2.2 Owner's Right to Clean Up 6.3 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts 6.1 Owner's Right to Stop the Work 2.3 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 14.3 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.2 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Other Instruments of Service l . l . l , 1.1.6, 1.1.7, l .5, 2.2.5, 3.2.2, 3.11.1, 3.17, 4.2.12, 5.3.1 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.6.6, 9.9, 11.3.1.5 Patching, Cutting and 3.14, 6.2.5 Patents 3.l? Payment, Applications for 4.2.5,7.3.9,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.3,9.7,9.8.5,9.10.1, 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Payment, Certificates for 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Payment, Failure of 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.6, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Payment, Final 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, 12.3.1. 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 7.3.7.4,9.6.7,9.10.3,11.4 Payments, Progress 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 4.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3, 15.1.3 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9 Payments to Subcontractors 5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 14.2.1.2 PCB 10.3.1 Init. AIA Document A201 *" - 2007. Copyright m 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA"' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byAlA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12J2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10!1712011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) i ~1 1 it 1 c t .~ C 1 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 73.7.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4 Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws 2.2.2, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.7.4, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.3.1 Product Data, Definition of 3.12.2 Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Progress and Completion 4.2.2, 8.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 Progress Payments 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3, 15.1.3 Project, Definition of 1.1.4 Project Representatives 4.2.10 Property Insurance 10.2.5, 11.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 Regulations and Laws 1.5,3.2.3,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,9.6.4,9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4 Rejection of Work 3.5, 4.2.6, 12.2.1 Releases and Waivers of Liens 9.10.2 Representations 3.2.1,3.5,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.8.2, 9.10.1 Representatives 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.2,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 13.2.1 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 10 Retainage 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor 3.2, 3.12.7, 6.1.3 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect 3.10.1,3.10.2,3,11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by Contractor 3.12 Rights and Remedies 1.1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 5.3, 5.4, 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14, 15.4 Royalties, Patents alod Copyrights 3.]7 Rules and Notices for Arbitration 15.4.1 Safety of Persons and Property 10.2, 10.4 Safety Precautions and Programs 3.3.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 5.3.1, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4 Samples, Definition of 3.12.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Samples at the Site, Documents and 3.11 Schedule of Values 9.2, 9.3.1 Schedules, Construction 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15. ] .5.2 Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 6, 8.3.1, 12.1.2 Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Site, Use of 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Site Inspections 3.2.2,3.3.3,3.7.1,3.7.4,4.2,9.4.2,9.10.1, 13.5 Site Visits, Architect's 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5 Specifications, Definition of 1.1.6 Specifications 1. I.1, 1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5, 3.11, 3.12.10, 3.17, 4.2.14 Statute of Limitations 13.7, 15.4.1.1 Stopping the Work 2.3, 9.7, 10.3, 14.1 Stored Materials 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4 Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Subcontractors, Work by 1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 4.2.3, 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6.7 Subcontractual Relations 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1 Submittals 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.7,9.2,9.3,9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3 Submittal Schedule 3,10.2, 3.12.5, 4.2.7 Subrogation, Waivers of 6.1,1, 11.3.7 AIA Document A201T" - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American I~~- Institute of Architects. All rights roserved. WARNING: This AIA~ Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 7 reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10H 7/2011, and is not for resale. UssrNotes: (1248285257) Substantial Completion 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.42,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 12.2, 13.7 Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.8.1 Substitution of Subcontractors 5.2.3, 5.2.4 Substitution of Architect 4.1.3 Substitutions of Materials 3.4.2, 3.5, 7.3.8 Sub-subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.2 Subsurface Conditions 3.7.4 Successors and Assigns 13.2 Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.7, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, l 5.1.3 Surety 5.4.1.2, 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2, 15.2.7 Surery, Consent of 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Surveys 2.2.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 14.3 Suspension of the Work 5.4.2, 14.3 Suspension or Termination of the Contract 5.4.1.1, 14 Taxes 3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.7.4 Termination by the Contractor 14.1, 15.1.6 Termination by the Owner for Cause 5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.6 Termination by the Owner for Convenience 14.4 Termination of the Architect 4.1.3 Termination of the Contractor 14.2.2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14 Tests and Inspections 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1,10.3.2,11.4.1.1,12.2.1,13.5 TIME 8 Time, Delays and Extensions o! 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, ]0.3.2,10.4.1,14.3.2,15.1.5,15.2.5 Time Limits 2.12,2.2,2.4,3.2.2,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2, 5.2,5.3,5.4,6.2.4,7.3,7.4,8.2,92,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14, 15.1.2, 15.4 Time Limits on Claims 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 13.7, 15.1.2 Title to Work 932, 9.3.3 Transmission of Data in Digital Form 1.6 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Uncovering of Work 12.1 Unforeseen Conditions, Concealed or Unknown 3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 Unit Prices 7.3.3.2, 7.3.4 Use of Documents 1.1.1, 1.5, 2.2.5, 3.12.6, 5.3 Use of Site 3.]3, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Values, Schedule of 9.2, 9.3.1 Waiver of Claims by the Architect 13.4.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 9.10.5, 13.4.2, 15.1.6 Waiver of Claims by the Owner 9.9.3, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.2.1, 13.42, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Waiver of Consequential Damages 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Waiver of Liens 9.10.2, 9.10.4 Waivers of Subrogation 6.1.1, 11.3.7 Warranty 3.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.4, 12.2.2, 13.7 Weather Delays 15.1.5.2 Work, Definition of 1.1.3 Written Consent 1.5.2, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2, 15.4.4.2 Written Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12 Written Notice 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 14, 15.4.1 Written Orders 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 7, 8.2.2, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.2 ~~ L.1 1 t lnit AIA Document A201 TM - 2007. Copyright ®1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA"' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the j maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA soilware at 09:44:09 on 10/1212010 under Order No.4867977640 1 which expires on 1 011 7/2 01 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) .~ ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS § 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS § 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement) and consist of the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals, the Contractor's bid or proposal, or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements. § 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract maybe amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Contractor and the Architect or the Architect's consultants, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or aSub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and the Architect or the Architect's consultants or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. § 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. § 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or apart and which may include construction by the Owner and by separate contractors. § 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. § 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. § 1.1.T INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE Instruments of Service are representations, in any medium of expression now known or later developed, of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect's consultants under their respective professional services agreements. Instruments of Service may include, without limitation, studies, surveys, models, sketches, drawings, specifications, and other similar materials. § 1.1.5 INITIAL DECISION MAKER The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2 and certify termination of the Agreement under Section 14.2.2. § 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. Init. AIA Document A201 *" - 2007. Copyright ®1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights roserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAJ Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10112/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10/17!2011, and is not for resale. User Notas: (1248285257) § 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. § 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. § 1.3 CAPRALI2ATION Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. § 1.41NTERPRETATION In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appeazs in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. § 1.5 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE § 1.5.1 The Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective Instruments of Service, including the Drawings and Specifications, and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, including copyrights. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants' reserved rights. § 1.5.2 The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them solely and exclusively for execution of the Work. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any, shown on the Instruments of Service. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect's consultants. § 1.6 TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN DIGITAL FORM If the parties intend to transmit Instruments of Service or any other information or documentation in digital form, they shall endeavor to establish necessary protocols governing such transmissions, unless otherwise already provided in the Agreement or the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2 OWNER § 2.1 GENERAL § 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. § 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein. § 2.21NFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER § 2.2.1 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor may request in writing that the Owner provide reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Thereafter, the Contractor may only request such evidence if (1) the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor as the Contract Documents require; (2) a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum; or (3) the Contractor identifies in writing a reasonable concern regazding the Owner's ability to make payment when due. The Owner shall furnish such evidence as a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the Work or the Init. AIA Document A201'"' - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: Thts AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. UnauthoNzed ,~O reproduction or distribution of this AIA`` Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order Na.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 011 7/2 01 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) portion of the Work affected by a material change. After the Owner furnishes the evidence, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. § 2.2.2 Except for pernrits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent 1 changes in existing facilities. § 2.2.3 The Owner shall famish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of 1 information fiu-nished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. § 2.2.4 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner's control and relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor's written request for such information ar services. § 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.2. § 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3. § 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within aten-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. >n such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting froth payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ' ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR § 3.1 GENERAL § 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed, if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The tens "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. § 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor. ' Init. AIA Document A201 "' - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 197D, 1976, 1987, 7997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 11 reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12!2010 under Order No.4667977640_1 which expires on 10/17/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) § 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR § 3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. § 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information famished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations aze for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. It is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. § 3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. § 3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Architect issues in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Article 15. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. If the Contractor performs those obligations, the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents, for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents, or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities. § 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES § 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions conceming these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any loss or damage arising solely from those Owner-required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. § 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. § 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. § 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS § 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary far proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Init. AIA Document AZ01 T" - 2007, Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 12 reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the l maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10/1712011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) § 3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work authorized by the Architect in accordance with Sections 3.12.8 or 7.4, the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. § 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. § 3.5 WARRANTY ' The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or pernut. Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements maybe considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. ]f required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. § 3.6 TAXES The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are ' legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. § 3.7 PERMITS, FEES, NOTICES AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS ' § 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other permits, fees, licenses, and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. § 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. § 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility far such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. 1 § 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or ' (2) unlmown physical conditions of an unusual nature; that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Ovmer and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract ' is justified, the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Architect's determination or recommendation, that party may proceed as provided in Article 15. § 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers, archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect. Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractar shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. Init. AIA Document A201 T" - 2007. Copyright ®1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 13 reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 1 maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 1011212010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 011 71201 1, and is not for resale. ' User Notes: (1248285257) § 3.8 ALLOWANCES § 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. § 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, .1 Allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for slated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; and .3 Whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Section 3.8.2.2. § 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness. § 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT § 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. § 3.9.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent. The Architect may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating (1) whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or (2) that the Architect requires additional time to review. Failure of the Architect to reply within the 14 day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner's consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. § 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES § 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed tithe limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. § 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare a submittal schedule, promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, and shall submit the schedule(s) for the Architect's approval. The Architect's approval shall not unreasonably be delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule, and (2) allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals. § 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. § 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and one copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. AIA Document A201TM - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Ink. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.5. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 14 reproduction or distribution of this AIA'' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byAlA software at 09:44:09 on 1 011 2/2 01 0 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1011712011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) J ' § 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES § 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. § 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and ' other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. § 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. § 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. Their purpose is to demonstrate the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action maybe so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. § 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. § 3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has (1) reviewed and approved them, (2) determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so and (3) checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. § 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. § 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. § 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice, the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. § 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and tnk AIA Document A201TM - 2007. Copyright O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 20D7 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized ,~ 5 reproduction or distribution of this AIA"' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order Na.4867977640_t which e~ires on 10/1712011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) completeness of the services, certifications and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10, the Architect will review, approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance and design criteria specified in the Contract Documents. § 3.13 USE OF SITE The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. § 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING § 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. All areas requiring cutting, fitting and patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting, fitting and patching, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. § 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a sepazate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. § 3.15 CLEANING UP § 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials from and about the Project. § 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. § 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. § 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufactwer or manufactwers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. § 3.181NDEMNIFICATION § 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they maybe liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. Init. AIA Document A201 TM - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights roserved. WARNING: This AIA~ Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized .16 reproduction or distribution of this AIA'~ Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1011712011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) § 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they maybe liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts_ ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT § 4.1 GENERAL § 4.1.1 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecttue or an entity lawfully practicing architecture in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. § 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect asset forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. § 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shalt employ a successor architect as to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect. § 4.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT § 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner's representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, or as otherwise agreed with the Owner, to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will not have control over, charge of, or responsibility for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Section 3.3.1. § 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and report to the Owner (1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and (2) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.4 COMMUNICATIONS FACILJTATING CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the ' Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. § 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. § 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. trtit. AIA Document A201 TM -2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. Atl rights reserved. WARNING: 7hls AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized .~ 7 reproduction or distribution of this AIA`' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byAlA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4667977640_1 which e~ires on 1 011 7/2 01 1, and is not for resale. User Notas: (1248285257) § 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve, or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. § 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Architect will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4. § 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion; issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8; receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10; and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. § 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. § 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by bath Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. § 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If appropriate, the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS § 5.1 DEFINITIONS § 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a sepazate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. § 5.1.2 ASub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means aSub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. trait AfA tocument A201"' - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA~~ Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byAlA software at 09:44:09 on 10!12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10/17!2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) 18 ' § 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK § 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Architect may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating (1) whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or (2) that the 1 Architect requires additional lime for review. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. § 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be ' issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. § 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. I ~.. a t § 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner, provided that .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement, the Owner assumes the Contractor's rights and obligations under the subcontract. § 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. § 5.4.3 Upon such assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4, the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity. If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity, the Init. AIA Document A201"' - 2007, Copyright ®1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'` Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 19 reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the f maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 1 011 2/2 01 0 under Order No.4867977640_1 which e~ires on 1D/17l2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor's obligations under the subcontract. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS § 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS § 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Article 15. § 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. § 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. § 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shah be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights that apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, I 1 and 12. § 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY § 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. § 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. § 6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a separate contractor because of the Contractor's delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a separate contractor's delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction. § 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5. § 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. § 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. trait. AIA Document A201TM - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 20 reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byAlA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 011 7/2 01 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK § 7.1 GENERAL § 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work maybe issued by the Architect alone. § 7.l.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. § 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS § 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 The change in the Work; .2 The amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and .3 The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. § 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES § 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in ' the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. § 7.3,2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. § 7.3,3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be ' based on one of the following methods: .1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 As provided in Section 7.3.7. ' § 7.3.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. § 7.3,5 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the ' Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Dtrective for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. § 7.3.b A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. ' § 7.3,71f the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the method and the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an amount Init. AIA Document A201"' - 2007, Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 21 reproduction or distribution of this AIA` Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible untler the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10117/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1246285257) for overhead and profit as set forth in the Agreement, or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement, a reasonable amount. In such case, and also under Section 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, casts for the purposes of this Section 7.3.7 shall be limited to the following: .1 Costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment inswance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation insurance; .2 Costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand ttxlls, whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and .5 Additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. § 7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. § 7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines, in the Architect's professional judgment, to be reasonably justified. The Architect's interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Surn on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. § 7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. § 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK The Architect has authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes will be effected by written order signed by the Architect and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. ARTICLR 8 TIME § 8.1 DEFINITIONS § 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. § 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. § 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8 § 6.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. § 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION § 6.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. § 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Irlk AIA Document A201 TM - 2007. Copyright ®1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1968, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 22 reproduction or distribution of this AIA"' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_t which expires on 10/17/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) L ' § 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. ' § 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME § 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner; or by changes ordered in the Work; or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control; or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration; or by other causes that the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. § 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. § 8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the ' Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ' § 9.1 CONTRACT SUM The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. ' § 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect, before the first Application for Payment, a schedule of values allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work and prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. ' § 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT § 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values, if required under Section 9.2, for completed portions of the Work. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by ' such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. § 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders. ' § 9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. § 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. Ifapproved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. ' § 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all 1 Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or Init. AIA Document A201'" - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 23 reproduction or distribution of this AIAu Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA sotlware at 09:44:09 on 10112/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10/17!2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. § 9.4 CERTIFlCATES FOR PAYMENT § 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Section 9.5. I . § 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the Work has progressed to the paint indicated and that the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. § 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION § 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4. I . If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2, because of .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failwe of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or a separate contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. § 9.5.3 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3, the Owner may, at its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or material or equipment suppliers to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered. If the Owner makes payments by joint check, the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Architect will reflect such payment on the next Certificate for Payment. § 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS § 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. Init. AIA Document A201 TM - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 20D7 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 24 reproduction or distribution of this AIA~ Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byAlA software at 09:44:09 on 10/1212010 under Order No.4867977640_t which e~ires on 10/17!2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) § 9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. § 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. § 9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days, the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors to ascertain whether they have been properly paid. Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor, except as may otherwise be required by law. § 9.6.5 Contractor payments to material and equipment suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. § 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. § 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding dispute resolution, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. § 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. ' § 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ' § 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. Init AIA Document A201"' - 2007. Copyright ®1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute otArchitects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 25 reproduction or distribution of this A!A'~ Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10!12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which er~ires on 1 011 7/201 1, and is not for resale. Ussr Notes: (1248285257) § 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. § 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9,9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE § 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Section 11.3.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. § 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. § 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT § 9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor's written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. § 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2} a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at ]east 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. knit A!A Document A201 ^' - 2007. Copyright ®1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized Zs reproduction or distribution of this AIA`" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 0/1 71201 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) ' § 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been famished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work ' fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. ' § 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. § 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS ANO PROPERTY § 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS ' The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. § 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to .1 employees on the Work and other persons who maybe affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under caze, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, ' structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. § 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. ' § 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. ' § 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. ' § 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subeontractor, aSub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. ' Ink. AIA Document A201 "' - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA°' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 27 reproduction or distribution of this AIA"' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the } maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4667977640_1 which expires on 10117/2011, and is not for resale. Ussr Notes: (1248285257} § 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. § 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition. § 10.2.81NJURY OR DAMAGE TO PERSON OR PROPERTY If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not inswed, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. § 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS § 10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. § 10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor's written notice, the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence ofthe material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to cause it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. By Change Order, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up. § 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is amibutable to bodily injwy, sickness, disease or death, or to injwy to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), except to the extent that such damage, loss or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity. § 10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for materials or substances required by the Contract Documents, except to the extent of the Contractor's fault or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances. § 10.3.5 The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs (1) for remediation of a material or substance the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles, or (2) where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1, except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner's fault or negligence. § 10.3.61f, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. Init. AIA Document A201T" - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 28 reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 011 7/2 01 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) 1 1 1 § 10.4 EMERGENCIES In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injwy or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. ARTICLE 1i INSURANCE AND BONDS § 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S UABILITY INSURANCE § 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jwisdiction in which the Project is located such inswance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations and completed operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor maybe legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similaz employee benefit acts that are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injwy liability coverage; .5 Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of'a motor vehicle; .7 Claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and .8 Claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. § 11.1.2 The inswance required by Section 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment, and, with respect to the Contractor's completed operations coverage, until the expiration of the period for correction of Work or for such other period for maintenance of completed operations coverage as specified in the Contract Documents. § 11.1.3 Certificates of inswance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required policy of insurance. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11. ] shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. An additional certificate evidencing continuation of liability coverage, including coverage for completed operations, shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2 and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of such coverage until the expiration of the time required by Section 11.1.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness. § 11.1.4 The Contractor shall cause the commercial liability coverage required by the Contract Documents to include (1) the Owner, the Architect and the Architect's consultants as additional insweds for claims caused in whole or in part by the Contractor's negligent acts or omissions dwing the Contractor's operations; and (2) the Owner as an additional inswed for claims caused in whole or in part by the Contractor's negligent acts or omissions during the Contractor's completed operations. § 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. Init. AIA Document A201 "' - 2007. Copyright ©1911. 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 7970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 29 reproduction or distribution of this AIA`~ Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA sollware at 09:44:09 on 1 011 212 01 0 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 011 7 /2 01 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) § 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE § 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's risk "all-risk" or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract Modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Section 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 11.3 to be covered, whichever is later. This inswance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project. § 11.3.1.1 Property inswance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. § 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect inswance that will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in writing, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. § 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. § 11.3.1.4 This property inswance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site, and also portions of the Work in transit. § 11.3.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Section 9.9 shall nut commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the inswance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. § 11.3.2 BOILER AND MACHINERY INSURANCE The Owner shall pwchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such inswed objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. § 11.3.3 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. § 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that inswance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such inswance, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. § 11.3.5 If dwing the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property inswance under policies separate from those inswing the Project, or if after final payment Init. AIA Document A201TM - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 30 reproduction or distribution of this AIA`' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10!17/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) l ' property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies ' shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. § 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner steal! file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Section 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. t § 11.3.7 WAIVERS OF SUBROGATION The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described ' in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section 11.3 or other property inswance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shat! provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. ' A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even (hough that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. § 11.3.8 A loss insured under the Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of 1 insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. § 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, ' give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as determined in accordance with the method of binding dispute resolution selected in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. If after such ' loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. § 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciazy shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved in the manner selected by the Owner and Contractor as the method of ' binding dispute resolution in the Agreement. If the Owner and Contractor have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution, the Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with insurers or, in the case of a dispute over distribution of insurance proceeds, in accordance with the directions of the arbitrators. § 71.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND § 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. § 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a ' copy to be furnished. Init. AIA Document A201 "" - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and Ihternational Treaties. Unauthorized 31 reproduction or distribution of this AIA"' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byAlA software at 09:44:09 on 1 0/1 212 01 0 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 1 011 7/2 0 1 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257y ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK § 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, ifrequested in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. § 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has nol specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, such costs and the cost of correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. § 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 12.2.2.1 )n addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.4. § 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. § 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. § 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. § 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents maybe sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. Init. AIA Document A201 TM - 2007. Copyright ~ 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All Nghts roserved. WARNING: This AIA~ Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 3Z reproduction or distribution of this AIA'"' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10112/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10/17/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) 1 ' § 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as ' appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ' § 13.1 GOVERNING LAW The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located except that, if the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4. ' § 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS § 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Section 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. ' If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. ' § 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project, if the lender assumes the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. ' § 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual, to a member of the firm or entity, or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended; or if delivered at, or sent by registered or certified mail or by courier service providing proof of delivery to, the last business address known to the party giving ' notice. § 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES § 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. ' § 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach there under, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. ' § 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS § 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations or lawful orders of public ' authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect maybe present for such ' procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of (1) tests, inspections or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded, and (2) tests, inspections or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations prohibit the Owner from delegating their cost to the Contractor. ' § 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Section 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or ' approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Section 13.5.3, shall be at the Owner's expense. ' § 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Sections 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by ' Init. AIA Document A201TM - 2007. Copyright ©1917, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 33 reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10!1712011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. § 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. § 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. § 13.61NTEREST Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. § 13.7 TIME LIMITS ON CLAIMS The Owner and Contractor shall commence all claims and causes of action, whether in contract, tort, breach of warranty or otherwise, against the other arising out of or related to the Contract in accordance with the requirements of the final dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement within the time period specified by applicable law, but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. The Owner and Contractor waive all claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 13.7. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT § 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR § 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons: .1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires al] Work to be stopped; .2 An act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency that requires all Work to be stopped; .3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4. ], or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; or .4 The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2.1. § 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work tinder direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than ] 00 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365-day period, whichever is less. § 14.1.31f one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed, including reasonable overhead and profit, costs incurred by reason of such termination, and damages. § 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3. ink AIA Document A201TM - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1967, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American ' Institute of Architects. All rights roserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA`' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ! maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 1011212010 under Order No.4667977fi40_1 which expires on 10117!2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) 1 § 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE § 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of a public authority; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. § 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Initial Decision Maker that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon written request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. § 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. § 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case maybe, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. § 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE § 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. § 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Section 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent .1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. § 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE § 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. § 14:4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such tennination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. § 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination, along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. AIA Document AZOt"' - 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 35 reproduction or distribution of this AIA'~ Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09'44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10/17/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES § 15.1 CLAIMS § 15.1.1 DEFlNITION A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. § 15.1.2 NOTICE OF CLAIMS Claims by either the Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. § 15.1.3 CONTINUING CONTRACT PERFORMANCE Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decisions of the Initial Decision Maker. § 15.1.4 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4. § 15.1.5 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL TIME § 15.1.5.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay, only one Claim is necessary. § 15.1.5.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. § 15.1.6 CLAIMS FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Section 15. l .b shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 15.21NITIAL DECISION § 15.2.1 Claims, excluding those arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4, 11.3.9, and 11.3.10, shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision. The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker, unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement. Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1, an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 30 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker with no decision having been rendered. Unless the Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree, the Initial Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. tnk AIA Document A201 *" - 20(17. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Instltute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 36 reproduction or distribution of this AIA~ Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10112/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10!17/2011, and is not for resale. Usar Notes: (1248285257) § 15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions: (I) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that, in the Initial Decision Maker's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. § 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims, the Initial Decision Maker may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a decision. The ]nitial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. § 15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such request, and shall either (1) provide a response on the requested supporting data, (2) advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be furnished or (3) advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. § 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim. This initial decision shall (1) be in writing; (2) state the reasons therefor; and (3) notify the parties and the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The initial decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and, if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation, to binding dispute resolution. ' § 15.2.6 Either party may file for mediation of an initial decision at any time, subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1. ' § 15.2.6.1 Either party may, within 30 days from the date of an initial decision, demand in writing that the other party file for mediation within 60 days of the initial decision. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for mediation within the time required, then both parties waive their rights to mediate or pursue binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. i J 1 § 15.2.7 In the event ofa Claim against the Contractor, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, ifany, of the nature and amount of the Glaim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. § 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. § 15.3 MEDIATION § 15.3.1 Claims, disputes, or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract except those waived as provided for in Sections 9.10.4, 9.10.5, and 15.1.6 shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution. § 15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement. A request for mediation shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation. The request maybe made concurrently with the fi ling of binding dispute resolution proceedings but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2, the parties may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s) and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings. tntt A1A Document A2G7 TM - 2007. Copyright ®1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 37 reproduction or distribution of this AIA` Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced Dy AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640 1 which expires on 1 011 7/201 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1248285257) § 15.3.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4 ARBITRATION § 15.4.1 if the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution in the Agreement, any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation shall be subject to arbitration which, unless the parties tutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the date of the Agreement. A demand for arbitration shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the arbitration. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. § 15.4.1.1 A demand for arbitration shall be made no earlier than concurrently with the filing of a request for mediation, but in no event shall it be made after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. For statute of limitations purposes, receipt of a written demand for arbitration by the person or entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim. § 15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.4 CONSOLIDATION OR JOINDER § 15.4.4.1 Either party, at its sole discretion, may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that (1) the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration permits consolidation, (2) the arbitrations to be consolidated substantially involve common questions of law or fact, and (3) the arbitrations employ materially similar procedural rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s). § 15.4.4.2 Either party, at its sole discretion, may include by joinder persons a entities substantially involved in a common question of law or fact whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration, provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter in question not described in the written consent. § 15.4.4.3 The Owner and Contractor grant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under this Section 15.4, whether by joinder or consolidation, the same rights of joinder and consolidation as the Owner and Contractor under this Agreement. (~~ AIA Document A201 "' - 2007. Copyright ®1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 38 reproduction or distribution of this AIA` Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the ~ maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:44:09 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10/17!2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1246285257) i r ~~~C~% -~~== Document A701 -1997 Instructions to Bidders for the following PROJECT: Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm Medical Office Building 201 Tahoma Blvd SE Suite 208 Yelm, WA 98597 THE OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates 1610 Bishop Road SW Tumwater, WA 98512 THE ARCHITECT: (Name, legal status and addr essJ TGB Architects 21911 76'" Avenue W Suite 210 Edmonds, WA 98026 TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 DEFINITIONS ' 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 6 POST•BID INFORMATION T PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. AIA Document A701 "' -1997. Copyright ©1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of thfs AIA Document, or any .~ ~ portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 11:45:49 on 10/12!2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10117/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2017022018) ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS § 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, the bid form, and other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. § 1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AlA Document A201, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. § 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. § 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. § 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base, to which Work may be added or from which Work maybe deleted for sums stated in Altemate Bids. § 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Altemate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted. § 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. § 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents. § 1.9 ASub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the Work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS § 2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that: § 2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, and for other portions of the Project, if any, being bid concurrently or presently under construction. § 2.1.2 The Bid is made in compliance with the Bidding Documents. § 2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. § 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCl1MENTS § 3.1 COPIES § 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated therein. The deposit will be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within ten days after receipt of Bids. The cost of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be deducted from the deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract award may retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's deposit will be refunded. § 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders unless specifically offered in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, or in supplementary instructions to bidders. AIA Document A701 "' -1997. Copyright ®1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAE Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any 2 portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was ~ produced by AIA software at 11:45:49 on 10!12!2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10!1712011, and is not for resale. Uaer Notes: (2017022018) w 1 w N t t [i 1 fl 1 § 3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. § 3.1.4 The Owner and Architect may make copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work. No license or grant of use is conferred by issuance of copies of the Bidding Documents. § 3.21NTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS § 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. § 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.2.31nterpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon them. § 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS § 3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. § 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings, performance and test data, and other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other portions of the Work, including changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require, shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. The Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. § 3.3.31f the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. § 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract Documents. § 3.4 ADDENDA § 3.4.1 Addenda will be transmitted to all who are known by the issuing offce to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents. § 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. § 3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendtun withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES § 4.1 PREPARATION OF BIDS § 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with the Bidding Documents. AIA Document A7011O -1997. Copyright ®1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Archltacls. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAe Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA6 Document, or any portion of it, may resuh in severe civil and criminal penaHies, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 11:45:49 on 10/12!2010 under Order No.4867977640_t which expires on 10117/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2017022018) § 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed in anon-erasable medium. § 4.1.3 Sums shall be expressed in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount written in words shall govern. § 4.1.4 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. § 4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." § 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested, the Bidder may, without forfeiture of the bid security, state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. § 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall state the legal name of the Bidder and the nature of legal form of the Bidder. The Bidder shall provide evidence of legal authority to perform within the jurisdiction of the Work. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. § 4.2 BID SECURITY § 4.2.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount required if so stipulated in the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder pledges to enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will, if required, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Section 6.2. § 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required, it shall be written on AIA Document A310, Bid Bond, unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents, and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the swety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. § 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until either (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds, if required, have been furnished, or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn or (c)all Bids have been rejected. § 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS § 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bid security, if any, and any other documents requtred to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder's name and address and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. § 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. § 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. § 4.3.4 Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, facsimile or other electronically transmitted bids will not be considered. § 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID § 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder daring the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so ogees in submitting a Bid. § 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted maybe modified or withdrawn by , notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing oven the AIA Document A701 "' -1997. Copyright ©1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized rep-oduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any 4 portion of il, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 11:45:49 on 10/12!2010 under Order No.4867977640_ 1 which expires on 10/17/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2017022018) i 1 1 1 1 1 1 signature of the Bidder. Written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be received, and date- and time-stamped by the receiving parry on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. § 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these instructions to Bidders. § 4.4.4 Bid security, if required, shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as resubmitted. ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS § 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS At the discretion of the Owner, if stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, the properly identified Bids received on time will be publicly opened and will be read aloud. An abstract of the Bids may be made available to Bidders. § 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids. A Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by other data required by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregulaz is subject to rejection. § 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) § 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest qualified Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities and irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which, in the Owner's judgment, is in the Owner's own best interests. § 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. ARTICLE 6 POST-BIO INFORMATION § 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Bidders to whom awazd of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request, a properly executed AIA Document A305, Contractor's Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has been previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bidding Documents. § 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids, furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. § 6.3 SUBMITTALS § 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable or as stipulated in the Bidding Documents, after notification of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing: .1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the Bidder's own forces; .2 names of the manufacturers, products, and the suppliers of principal items or systems of materials and equipment proposed for the Work; and .3 names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for the principal portions of the Work. § 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. § 6.3.3 Prior to the execution of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity, the Bidder may, at the Bidder's option, (1) AIA Document A701 ^' -1997. Copyright ©1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights nservsd. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA° Document, o^ any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 11:45:49 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640 1 which expires on 10/17/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: - (2017022018) withdraw the Bid or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of tither withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. § 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and Architect. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND § 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS § 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall famish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds maybe secured through the Bidder's usual sources. § 7.1.2 if the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the cost shall be included in the Bid. If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. § 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidder's usual sources, changes in cost will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. § 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS § 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract. [f the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Section 7.2.1. § 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided, the bonds shall be written on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Contract Sum. § 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. § 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attomey-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents, the Agreement for the Work will be written on AIA Document A101, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum. AIA Document A701 "' -1997. Copyright ®1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights roserved. WARNING: This AIA` Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any 6 portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 11:45:49 on 1 0/1 2120 1 0 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10!17/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2017022018) -~~== Document A305 -1986 Contractor's Qualification Statement The Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. I SUBMITTED T0: Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates I ADDRESS: 1610 Bishop Road SW, Tumwater, WA 98512 ~ SUBMITTED BY: NAME: ADDRESS: PRINCIPAL OFFICE: [ ] Corporation [ ] Partnership [ ] Individual [ ] Joint Venture [ ] Other ~ NAME OF PROJECT: l a hcable Foot & Ankle Sur Ica! Associates I (.f PP ~ ) g~ TYPE OF WORK: Ule sepal•ate for-rn for each Classifecation of Wo~•k) [ [ [ [ [ ] General Construction ] HVAC ] Electrical ] Plumbing ] Other: (Specify) § 1 ORGANIZATION § 1.1 How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor? § 1.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? § 1.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organization operated? § 1.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following: § 1.3.1 Date of incorporation: § 1.3.2 State of incorporation: § 1.3.3 President's name: ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An AddBions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. This form is approved and recommended by the American Institute of Architects (AIA) and The Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) for use in evaluating the qual'rfications of contractors. No endorsement of the submitting party or verbcation of the information is made by AIA or AGC. AIA Document A305TM - 1986. Copyright ®1964, 1969, 1979 and 1986 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any 1 portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 11:51:51 on 10!1212010 under Order No.4867977640_t which expires on 10117/2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1449479507) § 1.3.4 Vice-president's name(s) § 1.3.5 Secretary's name: § 1.3.6 Treasurer's name: § 1.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following: § 1.4.1 Date of organization: § 1.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicable): § 1.4.3 Name(s) of general partner(s) § 1.5 If your organization is individually owned, answer the following: § 1.5.1 Date of organization: § 1.5.2 Name of owner: § 1.61f the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principals: § 2 LICENSING § 2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, and indicate registration or license numbers, if applicable. § 2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed. § 3 EXPERIENCE § 3.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces. § 3.2 Claims and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes, please attach details.) § 3.2.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? § 3.2.2 Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your organization or its officers? § 3.2.3 Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration with regard to construction contracts within the last five years? § 3.3 Within the last five years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? (If the answer is yes, please attach details.) AIA Document A305'"' - 1988. Copyright ®1964, 1969, 1979 and 1986 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA~ Document, or any 2 portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 11:51:51 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.486797764D_1 which expires on 10/1712011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1449479507) } § 3.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date. § 3.4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract: § 3.5 On a sepazate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years, giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, date of completion and percentage of the cost of the work performed with your own forces. § 3.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five years: § 3.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present commitments of the key individuals of your organization. § 4 REFERENCES § 4.1 Trade References § 4.2 Bank References: ~' § 4.3 Surety: § 4.3.1 Name of bonding company: § 4.3.2 Name and address of agent: § 5 FINANCING § 5.1 Financial Statement. § 5.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization's latest balance sheet and income statement showing the following items: I Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory and prepaid expenses); Net Fixed Assets; Other Assets; ' AIA Document A305"' - 1986. Copyright ®1964, 1969, 1979 and 1986 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAr' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution o1 this AIA" Document, or any 3 portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 11:51:51 on 10/12!2010 under Order No.4867977640_7 which expires on 1 011 7 /20 1 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1449479507) Li Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes); Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus and retained earnings). § 5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and date thereof: § 5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one? § 5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g., parent-subsidiary). § 5.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for construction? § 6 SIGNATURE § 6.1 Dated at this day of Name of Organization: By: Title: § 6.2 M being duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. Subscribed and sworn before me this day of Notary Public: My Commission Expires: AIA Document A305TM - 1986. Copyright ©1964, 1969, 1979 and 1986 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA° Document, or any 4 portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 11:51:51 on 10/12/2010 under Order No.4867977640_t which expires on 10!17!2011, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1449479507) e _:.~~~ TM -_ Document A310 - 2010 Bid Bond 1 CONTRACTOR: SURETY: (Name, legal status and address) (Name, legal status and principal place of business) ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: TBD The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also OYYNER: have revised the text of the original (Name, legal status and address) AIA standard form. An Additions and ' Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Deletions Report that notes added 1610 Bishop Road SE information as well as revisions to the Tumwater, WA 98512 standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A BONS AMOUNT: $ vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author PROJECT: has added necessary information (Name, location or address, and R-oject number, il~an}-) and where the author has added to or Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates deleted from the original AIA text. Yelm Medical Office Building This document has important legal 201 Tahoma Blvd SE consequences. Consultation with an Suite 208 attorney is encouraged with respect Yelm, WA 98597 to its completion or modification. The Contractor and Surety are bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above, for the Any singular reference to Contractor, Owner or other party shall be Surety payment of which the Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, , administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, as provided herein. The considered plural where applicable. conditions of this Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in the bid documents, or within such time period as maybe agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, and the Contractor either (1 }enters into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such bid, and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents, with a surety admitted in the jurisdiction of the Project and otherwise acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof; or (2) pays to the Owner the difference, not to exceed the amount of this Bond, between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives any notice of an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in which the Owner may accept the bid. Waiver of notice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty (60) days in the aggregate beyond the time for acceptance of bids specified in the bid documents, and the Owner and Contractor shall obtain the Surety's consent for an extension beyond sixty (60) days. ' If this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontractor's bid to a Contractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so AIA Document A310T" - 201D. Copyright ©1963, 1970 and 2010 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document " Init is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of thi s AIA Document, or any portion of it, .~ may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by / AIA software at 15:04:43 on 10118/2D10 under Order No.4867977640_1 which expires on 10117!2011, and is not for resale. UserNotas: (1097559916) furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. Signed and sealed this day of , (Contractor as Principal) (Seal) (Witness) T l ( it e) (Strret)~) (Seal) (Witness) ('T'itle) ~. i~ IMt. AIA Document A310TM - 2010. Copyright ©1963, 1970 and 2010 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, 2 may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by ~ AIA software at 15:04:43 on 10/113/2010 under Order No.4867977640_1 which e~yires on 1 011 71201 1, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1097559916) tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 00 1116 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS RROJECT: Foot ~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates is requesting sealed bids from Contractors to perform for a stipulated sum the work specified in the Bidding Documents and Contract Documents for the project identified as Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Project, located at Yelm Medical Office Building, 201 7ahoma Blvd SE, Yelm WA 98597. The following General Contracting firms have been pre-qualified for this project: 1. Aldrich + Associates 2. Studebaker Construction Inc. All bids must be filed with: TGB Architects by not later than 2:00 pm on November 2, 2010. Bids delivered after that time cannot be accepted. Facsimiles are not acceptable. A Surety Company Bid Bond, AIA Documents A310, or a State of Washington approved form, and a certified check, cashier's check, or postal money order payable to the order of Foot and Ankle Surgical Associates shall accompany each bid in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the aggregate base bid. Those sealed bids that are received in a timely manner will be considered in a private bid opening. The selected contractor will be announced within seven (7) calendar days. Each bidder shall submit with it's bid a separate list setting forth the major categories of work for the project and identify either itself (General Contractor), or the name of the Sub-Contractors that will perform the work for each such category in the event the contract is awarded to the bidder. For the purpose of this paragraph, "Major Categories of Work, "shall mean any category of work whose cost exceeds ten percent (10%) of the base bid amount. The Owner reserves the right to accept the lowest and/or any other proposal, the right to reject any or all proposals, and/or bid prices, and the right to waive all informalities in any proposal. No proposal may be withdrawn except with the expressed permission of the Owner after the hour is set for the opening thereof, unless the award of the Contract is delayed for a period exceeding 60 days. Questions about this project should be directed to: TGBa Gina Dais (425) 778-1530 GDais@tgbarchitects.com Preliminary Proiect Schedule 10/27/2010 Site visiUwalk through 11/2/2010 Bids due at 2pm in TGBa offices 11/3/2010 Review and Award bids 11/8/2010 Notice to Proceed Late February 2010 Estimated Substantial Completion 20 October 2010 00 1116 - 1 INVITATION TO BID tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB END O~ SECTION 20 October 201 D 00 1116 - 2 INVITATION TO BID 1 tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB I~ 1 1 SECTION 00 2113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S REGISTRATION A. All bidders must be registered by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries in accordance with R.C.W. 18.27.020. 1.02 SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK A. Bidder acknowledges that it has taken steps reasonably necessary to ascertain the nature and location of the Work, and that it has investigated and satisfied itself as to the general and local conditions which can affect the Work or its cost. B. The Project site is available for inspection for prospective bidders at a pre-bid site meeting and walk-through, as indicated in the Advertisement for Bids, and existing conditions should be examined. This will be the only opportunity for bidders to visit the project site. C. Bidder acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site. This includes all exploratory work done by Owner, as well as from the drawings and specifications made a part of these Contract Documents. ' D. Bidder acknowledges that adjoining areas will be conducting normal operations during the work. Bidder should anticipate pedestrian and traffic congestion, limited parking, and the requirement that the work be coordinated with ongoing operations. E. Bidder acknowledges that its bid is based upon a schedule and assumptions, which incorporate these conditions. F. Owner assumes no responsibility for any conclusions or interpretations made by bidder based on the information made available by Owner. Should a bidder find discrepancies or omissions in the drawings or specifications, or should bidder be in doubt as to their meaning, bidder shall at once notify the Owner. If appropriate, Owner will send written instructions to all bidders by addenda. Questions received less than 10 days before the time of bid opening may not be answered. All addenda issued shall be incorporated into these Contract Documents. 1.03 PREPARATION OF BIDS A. Bidder shall comply with the following instructions in preparing its bid. 1. The name, address, and Contractor's license number of bidder shall be typed or printed on the bid in the space provided. ' a. Bids must be {1) submitted on the forms furnished by Owner or on copies of those forms, and (2) manually signed in ink. The person signing the bid must initial each page. 2. Bidders shall submit bids in the format provided in the Bid Form. Only the amounts and information asked for in the Bid Form furnished will be considered as the bid. All blank spaces must be filled in. 3. Bidder shall bid upon all alternates indicated in the Bid Form. When bidding on alternates for which there is no charge, bidder shall write the words "No Charge" in the space provided on the Bid Form. If a bidder fails to bid an altemate, or notes "no bid," it will be construed as meaning that there will be no change in the Contract Sum and that the altemate is included in the contract Sum. Alternate bids will not be considered unless requested in the Bid Form. 4. The cost of trench safety systems for trench excavation that exceeds a depth of four feet must be identified as a lump sum amount on the bid proposal as well as included in the base bid amount. The costs of trench safety systems shall not be considered as incidental to any other contract item, and any attempt to include the trench safety systems as an incidental cost is prohibited. Identification of this amount is an acknowledgment that the bidder has considered proper safety 20 October 2010 00 2113 - 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ba -P t t #09009 g rojec Foot 8~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB provisions in the estimate but does not relieve the bidder of responsibility for full compliance with all laws and statutes regardless of their actual cost. 5. Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of all addenda by identifying the addendum number in the space provided in the Bid Form. 6. Bidder shall include in the bid all allowances provided in the Bid Form. Owner will pay the difference if the actual cost exceeds the allowance. 1.04 TAXES A. The bid shall include all taxes imposed by law except Washington State Sales Tax. Sales tax shall not be included in the bid price, except that the retail sales tax upon sales and rentals to prime contractors and subcontractors of tools, equipment, and material primarily for use by the Contractor rather than for resale as a component part of the finished structure, shall be included in the bid price. A proportionate amount of State sales tax will be added to each progress payment, collected from Owner, and paid to the State by Contractor. 1.05 BID GUARANTEE A. Bidder shall furnish a bid guarantee in the form of a firm commitment, such as bid bond, postal money order, cash or cashier's check payable to Owner, in the amount of at least 5% of the base bid. Owner reserves the right to hold the bid guarantees of all bidders until the successful bidder has entered into the contract and furnished the required bonds and insurance certificates, or for a period of 60 days, whichever is the shorter time. 1.06 FILING FEES A. Applicable state laws concerning prevailing wages, hours, workers' compensation and other conditions of employment are called to the attention of bidders for their compliance. Bidder shall include in the bid any filing fees required to comply with applicable labor laws. 1.07 SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. Bids must be based upon use of items named in the specifications, or approved equals or substitutions. In certain cases, specific items have been named because of operational or maintenance considerations; approval of equals or substitutions should not be assumed. B. Requests for approval of equals or substitutions must be made in writing and received by the A/E at least 10 days prior to the date of bid opening. Said request must include complete descriptions, technical data, and performance records. Any approval of the proposed equal or substitution will be made by addendum issued to all bidders. See Section 01 6000: Product Requirements for instructions. 1.08 SUBMISSION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS A. Bids and bid modifications shall be submitted in sealed envelopes or packages (1) addressed to the office specified in the advertisement for bids and (2) showing the project title, bid opening date and time, and the name and address of bidder. B. Bids may be modified if in writing and received before bid opening time. C. Receipt of bids and bid modifications by telegraph, facsimile, telephone, or orally will not be considered. D. A bidder may withdraw its bid by submitting a written request before the bid opening time. Owner will return the bid unopened after Contract award. 1.09 LATE SUBMISSIONS A. Any bid, bid modification or request to withdraw a bid received after bid opening time will not be considered. B. The only acceptable evidence to establish the time of receipt at the office designated in the advertisement for bid is the time/date stamped or printed by Owner on the bid wrapper or other 20 October 2010 00 2113 - 2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS t 1 L 1 1 r ~l 1 1 1 tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB documentary evidence of receipt maintained by Owner. 1.10 BID EVALUATION A. Bids which are incomplete, or which are conditioned in any way, or which contain erasures, alterations, or items not called for in the Form of Proposal, or which are not in conformity with the law or with these Instructions, shall be rejected as non-responsive if the irregularity is material and may be rejected as non-responsive if the irregularity is not material. B. Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities or nonmaterial irregularities in the bids received. C. If the bid includes a supplemental schedule of unit prices for labor and materials, or other items for the purpose of establishing a cost basis for unforeseen contract changes, Owner reserves the right to reject, without impairing the balance of the proposal, any or all such predetermined unit prices. D. The determination of the low responsive bid shall be made by Owner based upon any combination of the base bid and alternates which, in Owner's sole discretion, is in Owner's best interest considering price, schedule and other factors. The numbering of the alternates in the Form of Proposal bears no relationship to the order in which the alternates may be selected by Owner. 1.11 LOW RESPONSIBLE BIDDER A. It is the intent of Owner to award a contract to the low responsible bidder. In determining the bidder's responsibility, Owner shall consider the following: 1. The ability, capacity, and skill of bidder to perform the contract; 2. The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder; 3. Whether bidder can perform the contract within the time specified; 4. The quality of performance of previous contracts; 5. The previous and existing compliance by bidder with laws and requirements relating to the contract; 6, Such other information as maybe secured having a bearing on the decision to award the contract. 1.12 CONTRACT EXECUTION A. Bidder shall submit executed Contract, insurance certificate and bonds within 15 days after receipt of the Contract form by bidder. If the successful bidder, upon acceptance of its bid by Owner within the period specified for acceptance, fails to execute all Contract Documents or give a bond and insurance as required within the time specified, Owner may reject the bid. The bid guarantee may be retained by Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 00 2113 - 3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ' tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB SECTION 00 2213 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUPPLEMENTS ' The following paragraphs are to be considered a supplemental part to and of the AIA Document A701 Instructions to Bidders (1997 ed.) A modification of a portion of an article of the Instructions to Bidders by these supplementary Instructions shall apply to and supersede only those portions of the Instruction to Bidders to which reference is made in said modifications, and shall not be construed to nullify or to change any other portion of the Articles. ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 4.2.1 Delete Subparagraph 4.2.1 and substitute in lieu thereof the following: A Surety company Bid Bond, AIA Document A310 or a State of Washington] approved form, a certified check, cashier's check, or postal money order payable to the order of Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates shall accompany each bid in an amount of not less than five percent (5%) of the aggregate of the base bid. No bid shall be considered unless accompanied by such a bid security. The bid security shall pledge that bidder will execute a contract if awarded the bid and will, if required, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should Bidder refuse to enter into such contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required, the amount of the security shall be forfeited to Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the event Owner fails to comply with Subparagraph 6.2.1. No modifications of the requirements set forth in Subparagraph 4.2.1 will be accepted. 4.4.1 Delete Subparagraph 4.4.1 and substitute in lieu thereof the following: ' No Bidder may withdraw his bid after the hours set forth for the Bid date thereof in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, unless the award of the contract is delayed for a period exceeding sixty (60) days. ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 5.4 Add the following as a new Subparagraph 5.4: Each Bidder shall submit to the Owner with its bid, a separate list setting forth the major categories of the work for the project and identify either ifself (general contractor) or the name of the subcontractors that will perform the work for each such category in the event the contract is awarded to the Bidder. For the purpose of this paragraph, "major categories of work" shall mean any category of work whose cost exceeds ten (10) percent of the Base Bid amount. The Bidder will be permitted to substitute other Subcontractors or itself for any of the parties identified as performing the major categories of the Work in the original bid list submitted with its bids, provided such a substitution is submitted to the District in writing within 24 hours of the Bid submitted. ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION 6.1.4 Add the following as a new Subparagraph 6.1.4: Within 7 days of receipt of Notice of Award, the Contractor will submit to the Owner a detailed schedule of values which identifies the dollar value and the name of each subcontractor/supplier by CSI Division. This information will be used by the Owner for construction cost tracking and payment purposes. 6.3.3 Delete Subparagraph 6.3.3 and substitute in lieu thereof the following: Owner's right to approve or disapprove proposed subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, substitutions thereof, as well as the procedure for approving or disapproving, are set forth in Paragraph 5.2 of the 20 October 2010 00 2213 - 1 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS tgba -Project #09009 General Conditions. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 7.1.1 Delete Subparagraph 7.1.1 and substitute in lieu thereof the following: The Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the fiaithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder. The bond shall be issued by a corporate surety who must appear on the Department of Treasury's most recent federal register, fiscal service department circular 570, must be rated A-VII or better in Best's most recent property-casualty key rating guide, and must be licensed to business in the state of Washington. In the event that the surety selected by the Contractar faits to meet those requirements for becomes insolvent at any time during the Contractor's performance of the work, the Owner may, in its sole discretion, require the Contractor to obtain at Contractor's sole cost and expense a new payment, performance and warranty bond from a different surety who satisfies these requirements. END OF SECTION Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB r 20 October 2010 00 2213 - 2 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ' tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB SECTION 00 4100 BID FORM PROJECT: FOOT S ANKLE SURGICAL ASSOCIATES BIDDER: I DATE: TO: The Undersigned hereby submits the following proposal: A. BASE BID: Pursuant to and in compliance with the Notice To Contractors, and the Instructions to Bidders, as supplemented by the Supplemental Instructions to Bidders, all dated , 2010, and issued by .For this project, the Undersigned hereby certifies that: 1. it has personally and carefully examined the Bid Documents, as defined in Paragraph 1.1 of the Instructions to Bidders, which includes but are not limited to the Standard Form of Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor, the General Conditions, and the Drawings and Specifications entitled Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Project as prepared by TGBa; and 2. it has visited and inspected the Project site. Based on the foregoing examinations and inspection, the Undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, as defined in the Instructions to Bidders, for the following fixed sum: Dollars ($ ) which sum is hereby designated as the base bid and does not include applicable State sales tax. Alternate No. 1 Additive alternate. Add for Alternate No. 1 Dollars ($ ) Alternate No. 2 Additive alternate. Add for Alternate No. 2 Dollars ($ ) B. PER BID NEGOTIATED PRICING: The Owner has negotiated pricing for some of the project components. The following is a list of the vendors to provide material and labor for a portion of the work. These vendors will contract directly with the Owner, however, the Contractor is responsible for their general coordination. 1. Add in for Owner stipulated vendor. 2. Add in for Owner stipulated vendor. C. INDIRECT COST FOR CHANGES IN THE WORK: Indicate the exact multiplier which will be applied to the additive and deductive change proposals to cover insurance and bonding premiums. Insurance Bonding The allowance for overhead and profit combined, included in calculating the total cost to the Owner for additional work or different work pursuant to this contract, shall not exceed the following schedule: 1. For the Contractor for any work performed by its own forces, fifteen (15) percent of the cost. 2. For the Contractor for work performed or materials supplied by its subcontractors or suppliers, ten (10) percent of the amount due to the subcontractor or the supplier. 3. For each subcontractor orsub-subcontractor involved for any work performing its own forces, fifteen (15) percent of the cost. 4, For each subcontractor for work performed by its sub-subcontractor, ten (10) percent of the amount 20 October 2010 00 4100 - 1 BID FORM t b P t #09009 g a - rojec Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB due to the sub-subcontractor. In no event shall the total allowance for overhead and profit as calculated above exceed in aggregate thirty five (35) percent of the net increase in the cost. D. CONTRACT AND BOND: If the undersigned is notified of the Owner's acceptance of this proposal within sixty (60) days of the time set forth for the opening of the bid, it agrees to execute the agreement between Owner and Contractor in the form contained in the Bid documents and to furnish the Performance, Payment and Warranty Bonds as recorded by the Open/Close Construction to Bidder. E. UNIT PRICES: The undersigned agrees that for requested and/ or required changes in the scope of the work, the contracted sum may at the owners discretion, be adjusted in accordance with the following unit prices. Unit prices shall include all labor, material, equipment, overhead, and profit. The unit prices for additional quantity shall not differ from unit prices for less quality. Item Amount ' 1. Over excavation and on-site placement of materials (per cubic yd.) $ 2. Import placement of imported structural fill (per cubic yd.) $ 3. Asphalt paving (per square yd.) $ 4. Imported top soil (per ten cubic yds., in place) $ F. Experience and Reference List 1. Provide list of 3 commercial project in the last 5 years with references. , 2. Name of Superintendent with list of commercial projects in the last 5 years. G. PROJECT SCHEDULE: Together with this Bid, the Undersigned submits, as Exhibit A attached hereto, a proposed project schedule setting forth the milestones and completion dates for the Project. The dates set forth in this Project schedule, if accepted by the Owner, shall serve as the basis for the progress schedule required under Paragraph 3.10 of the General Conditions. Upon receipt of written Notice to Proceed from the District, The Contractor shall have calendar days to achieve Substantial Completion, and 30 additional calendar days to achieve Final Completion. H. ADDENDUM: Receipt of the below-numbered Addendum is hereby acknowledged: Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated LEGAL NAME OF BIDDER By: I ts: Contractor Registration No. Address: Telephone: 4.01 CHECKLIST FOR "RESPONSIVE BID" A. Fully completed Bid Form B. Bid Security C. List of all Contractors responsible for major categories of the work 20 October 2010 00 4100 - 2 BID FORM , tgba -Project #09009 D. Experience and Reference List E. Project Schedule END OF SECTION Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 20 October 2010 00 4100 - 3 BID FORM tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1 PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 01 1000 SUMMARY OF THE WORK 1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Project: 1. Interior build-out of a 1,503 SF Clinic for Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates in the Yelm Medical Office Building. Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm Medical Office Building 201 Tahoma Blvd SE Suite 208 Yelm, WA 98597 B. Owner: Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates 1610 Bishop Road SW Tumwater, WA 98512 ' Telephone: (360) 754-3338 C. Architect's Name: TGBa 21911 76th Avenue West Suite 210 Edmonds, WA 98026 Telephone: (425) 778-1530 Fax: (425) 774-7803 D. Commencement of Work: Start of work by Contractor indicates that he has fully familiarized himself with requirements of the work. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the agreement between Owner and Contractor and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 WORK SAFETY A. Comply with all safety orders required by the local and federal authorities. B. Provide additional safety measures as necessary to reasonably protect employees and the public from 1 unnecessary dangers at all times for the duration of the Work. 1.04 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. 1. General: During the construction period the Contractor shall have unlimited use of the premises for construction operations, including use of the site. a. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored on site. b. Move any stored products, under Contractor's control, which interfere with operations of the Owner or separate contractor. c. Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations. d. Delivery and storage of materials shall be confined to the area designated by the Owner and subject to fire and safety requirements. e. Delivery of materials for construction and loading of debris for removal from the site shall not interfere with the Owner's operations. Owner will not accept deliveries for Contractor. 20 October 2010 01 1000 - 1 SUMMARY OF THE WORK tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates ' Yelm MOB f. Care shall be taken during delivery or removal of material to avoid damage to existing facilities. Should such damage occur due to Contractor's operations, repairs shall be made to restore facilities to their original condition without cost to the Owner. B. Use of the Site: Limit use of the premises to work in areas indicated. Confine operations to areas within contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of the site beyond the areas in which the Work is indicated. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner, the Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. a. Construction personnel shall not park in any Owner parking lots except where designated by the Owner. b. Violators do so at their own risk and may have their vehicle ticketedltowed. c. The Owner will designate parking areas. C. Emergency Exits 1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered. 2. Existing building spaces may not be used for storage. D. Time Restrictions: 1. Work Hours: Work times shall conform to the ordinances and requirements of the local City, County or local jurisdiction having authority Utility Outages and Shutdown: 1. Limit disruption of utility services to hours the building is unoccupied. 2. The time required for such interruption shall be held to a minimum and all connections, testing and closures completed during this approved time period. 3. It may be required that such work be performed at times other than the Contractor's regular working hours. 4. Work requiring interruption of any utility or support system shall be performed so as to cause no risk to the personal safety of patients, staff or Owner's personnel within the Owner's facility. 5. Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities. 1.05 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. List of Owner Furnished Items: A complete list of all Owner furnished items must be submitted to the Architect within seven (7) days of written Notice to Proceed. The list must also state the date when each of the items must be delivered to the Contractor. B. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers: The Contractor will furnish to the Architect a complete list of the names and business phone and fax numbers of all its project subcontractors. h l ' C. Additional Sc edu e Items: The Contractor s project schedule will be detailed by phase, and will include additional line items for: 1. Owner installation of utilities and equipment. 2. Special testing, inspections or certifications. 3. Punchlist" completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION 1 20 October 2010 01 1000 - 2 SUMMARY OF THE WORK tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 01 1421 ALTERATION PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Foot ~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. This section includes the administrative and procedural requirements for the general alterations of the project. Including but not limited to products, transition and adjustments, cutting, patching, and repair and cleaning. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 3300 -Submittals B. Section 01 5000 -Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant element 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor. B. Include in request: 1. Identification of Project. 2. Location and description of affected work. 3. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 4. Description of proposed work, and products to be used. 5. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 6. Effect on work of Owner or separate contractor. 7. Written permission of affected separate contractor. 8. Date and time the Work will be executed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK A. New Materials: As specified in product Sections; match existing Products and work for patching and extending work. B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspection and testing Products where necessary, referring to existing Work as a standards. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. 6. After uncovering existing work, inspect conditions affecting performance of work. C. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. D. Verify that demolition is complete, and areas are ready for installation of new work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Cut, move, or remove items as necessary for access to alterations and renovation work. Replace and 20 October 2010 01 1421 - 1 ALTERATION PROCEDURES tgba -Project #09009 Foot 8~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB restore at completion. B. Remove unsuitable material not marked for salvage, such as rotted wood, corroded metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete. Provide new materials as specified for finished work. C. Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from concealed spaces. D. Prepare surface and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation of new work and finishes, E. Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing work and salvage items from weather and extremes of temperature and humidity. Insulate ductwork and piping to prevent condensation in exposed areas. F. Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the work. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of project from damage. Provide structural calculations demonstrating the adequacy of temporary supports if considered warranted or requested by Owner or jurisdiction having authority. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. Coordinate work of alterations and renovations to expedite completion. B. Project: Gomplete in all respects including operational mechanical and electrical work. C. Remove, cut, and patch work in a manner to minimize damage. Provide a means of restoring products and finishes to original or specified condition and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive new and repair finish. D. Refinish visible existing surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces, to specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes. E. In addition to specified replacement of equipment and fixtures restore existing plumbing, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, and electrical systems to full original operational condition. F. Install Products as specified in individual Sections. G. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. H. Provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. 1. Concrete walls: Saw-cut walls with diamond saw. Cut in accurately located straight lines, unless directed otherwise. Saw both sides of wall and break out remainder, minimize overcuts. 2. Masonry Walls: Saw-cut along mortar joints, cutting block uniformly in straight lines at accurate locations, unless otherwise directed. Remove all mortar adhering to edges. Overcuts not allowed. 3. Wood framed walls: Breakout plaster or gypsum wallboard in accurate locations, removing wall framing as required. Cut wall finish materials in straight uniform lines. 4. Concrete floors: Saw-cut floors in accurate locations and breakout. Core-drill for corings. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. K. Fit work to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. L. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with firestopping material to full thickness of the penetrated element. Replace existing firestopping when disturbed by new construction. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 1421 - 2 ALTERATION PROCEDURES tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 SECTION 01 2613 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION A. Procedures related to Requests for Information. B. Related Sections: 1. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract: Procedures related to changes in the Work. 1.02 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI) PROCEDURES A. Requests for interpretation of the requirements of content of the Contract Documents, or for approval of a variation from the Contract Documents, shall be submitted to the Architect. 1, Submit requests only on form approved by the Architect. Architect's standard form is included herein to establish level of quality and required information. 2. Include all information necessary for the Architect to evaluate the requests. Incomplete forms and those that are unclear or inadequately documented will be returned to the Contractor for completion or clarification. 3. Submit requests to the Architect. No requests will be accepted from Subcontractors, suppliers, or others except through the Contractor. 4. Submit RFI's in a timely manner. Timing of submittal of RFI's and those anticipating a change of Contract Sum or Contract Time shall allow for adequate review period and for Contractor's submittal and Architect's review of cost and time proposals subsequent to the RFI response. 5. Should the RFI require material or equipment not specified, submit substitution request in compliance with Section 01 6000. B. Submit one copy of the RFI request form covering each individual request. 1. Complete the form accurately and in full. 2. Assign sequential numbers to RFI's; maintain a log. RFI's that are resubmitted shall have a suffix numeral "1"added to the number. Subsequent resubmittals to be the next higher number. 3. If the request has a potential impact on Contract Sum or Time, provide specifics in the space provided. If impact depends on the Architect's response, check "yes" in the space provided, and explain. 4. Requests for variation from Contract Documents will be considered only if there is a benefit to the Owner in terms of reduction in costs and time, or improvement in quality, performance, maintenance, coordination or other identifiable consideration. 5. Drawings and other explanations may be attached to the request, if so they must be clearly identified and referenced in the request. C. Response by the Owner and Architect will be to the specific request as received and is not to be interpreted to extend beyond the specifics of the request. D. Normal turnaround time for response to RFI's shall be five working days. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED 20 October 2010 01 2613 - 1 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION tgba -Project #09009 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) PROJECT: Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates TGBA Project number: 09009 TO: Gina Dais TGBA gdais@tgbarchitects.com FROM: Foot 8~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB RFI No. Date Submitted: Total pages sent: ate Re n D spo se Requested: 1. Contractor requests approval for variation of Contract Documents. yes _no 2. Describe how the Owner would benefit from the requested variation. i 3. Is there any impact on Contract Sum? If Yes, Order of magnitude cost 4. Is there any impact on Project Schedule? If Yes, Order of magnitude cost estimate RESPONSE: _yes _no _yes _no By: Date: Attachments: Total pages sent: CCD Required: _yes !no CCD Issued: CCD No.: Date: This response doss not authorize any work requiring a change in the Contract Sum or Contract Schedule. Any such change requires a Construction Change Directive (CCD) and/or an approved Change Order. ' END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 2613 - 2 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1 1 ~I SEGTION 01 3101 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION CAD DATA RELEASE AGREEMENT A. Contractor shall be provided with CAD data for Contractor's use in verification and in preparing shop drawings upon request. B. Contractor agrees to the requirements set forth in Part 2 regarding acquisition and use of CAD data provided by TGBA. 1.02 OWNERSHIP OF DATA A. CAD data files are Instruments of Service as set forth in the Agreement between Owner and TGBA and remain the property of TGBA. TGBA shall remain the exclusive holder of all copyrights and releases CAD data only for the express purpose of prosecuting the completion of this project. PART 2 AGREEMENT 2.01 SPECIFIC TERMS A. TGBA agrees to release CAD data for Contractor's use subject to the following Terms of Use: 1. TGBA provides CAD data "as is" and with all faults. 2. TGBA specifically disclaims any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for neither a particular use nor warrants that the information is completely accurate or error free. 3. Information contained in transferred or transmitted CAD data is subject to change without notice. 4. The logo and title block of TGBA is copyrighted and cannot be used or further disseminated without express permission of TGBA. B. Acceptance and use of TGBA-provide CAD data constitutes acceptance of these terms. ' C. TGBA shall refuse requests for transference of CAD data at its own discretion. D. Transmitted CAD data may be purpose-developed and shall be considered accurate only for the intended trade or trades requesting the data. 2.02 RELEASE OF LIABILITY A. The recipient releases and/or waives any liability for these electronic files or claims against TGBA, its employees, agents, or successors, in any situation arising from the use of these electronic files. The ' recipient agrees to indemnify and hold harmless TGBA for any claim alleged, asserted or adjudged against TGBA by any other party in any situation arising from the use of these electronic files. ~' 2.03 FORMAT AND TRANSFER A. TGBA shall make all reasonable effort to accommodate CAD requirements of contractor but shall not rework, redraw or reconfigure existing CAD data without express written agreement of Owner. TGBA shall at its own discretion discern whether fees for additional services are required to accommodate Contractor's CAD data request. B. C. Transference of files shall be electronic, at TGBA's discretion through its own means. TGBA requests that CAD data requests be made in number to maximize its efforts in processing CAD data. r END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 3101 - 1 CAD DATA RELEASE AGREEMENT tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1 i~ 1 n J SECTION 01 3113 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES PROJECT COORDINATION A. Coordination. B. Administrative and supervisory personnel. C. General installation provisions. D. Cleaning and protection. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Arrange all work so that it does not interfere with Owner's activities. Notify the Owner in writing a minimum of 72 hours in advance of all utility shutdowns proposed by the Contractor. Obtain the Owner's written approval prior to proceeding with work. B. Coordinate activities included in various Sections to assure efficient and orderly installation of each component. Coordinate operations included under different Sections that are dependent on each other for proper installation and operation. C. All trades shall be fit tested and approved for access to restricted areas during the abatement phase of this work. During abatement, proper coordination shall occur between all trades to insure adequate demolition, modification and abatement while area is in containment. D. Where installation of one component depends on installation of other components before or after its own installation, schedule activities in sequence required to obtain best results. E. Where space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for maintenance, service and repair. F. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. G. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining required coordination procedures. 1. Include required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. 2. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate Contractors where coordination of their Work is required. H. Phasing: Refer to Section 01 1000 for construction phasing requirements. I. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for ' accommodating items installed later. J. Verify that utility requirements of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service such equipment. K. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. ' L. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. M. Coordinate completion and clean up of work of separate sections in preparation for substantial 20 October 2010 01 3113 - 1 PROJECT COORDINATION tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB completion and for portions of work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. N. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with contract documents to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES A. Coordinate scheduling and timing of administrative procedures with other activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress. 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 3. Delivery and processing of submittals. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Permits, inspections and approvals by authorities having jurisdiction. 6. Project close-out activities. B. Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings where close coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated off-site by separate entities, and where limited space necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. 1. Show relationship of components shown on separate shop drawings. 2. Indicate required installation sequences. 3. Refer to Divisions 22 through 26 respectively for requirements unique to plumbing, HVAC and electrical installations. C. Staff Names: 1. Submit a list of Contractor's and Subcontractor's personnel at site; identify key individuals, addresses, telephone numbers, fax numbers and emergency contact list. 2. Post copies in field office and at each temporary telephone. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspection of Conditions: Ensure that Installer of each component inspects substrate and conditions under which Work is performed. B. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Inspect material immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. D. Re-check measurements and dimensions before starting installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations to extent that they are more stringent than requirements in the Contract Documents. B. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing each construction element. 1. Secure each construction element true to line and level. 2. Allow for expansion and building movement. C. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints to obtain best effect. Refer questionable choices to Architect for decision. D. Install each component during weather conditions and project status that will ensure best results. E. Isolate each part from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. 20 October 2010 01 3113 - 2 PROJECT COORDINATION tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB F. Coordinate temporary enclosures with inspections and tests to minimize uncovering completed construction for that purpose. G. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install components at standard heights for application indicated. Refer questionable decisions to Architect. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. B. Clean and maintain completed construction as often as necessary through construction period. C. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. t D. All dirt, dust and debris which migrates from work area to adjacent roads, planters, buildings, parked vehicles, etc. must be cleaned and maintained as required to remain clean and useable by the general public and staff. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 October 2010 01 3113 - 3 PROJECT COORDINATION ' tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pre-construction conference B. Site mobilization conference C. Pre-installation conferences D. Progress Meetings E. Reporting 1.02 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE SECTION 01 3119 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Contractor will schedule a conference after Notice of Award. B. Attendance Required: Owner, Owner's Representative, Architect, General Contractor, Project Manager and Site Superintendent. C. Agenda: 1. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 2. Distribution of contract documents. ' 3. Submission of subcontractors list, a list of products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 4. Designation of personnel representing the parties in contract, and the Architect. ' 5. 6. Sequence of Project Meetings. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, application for payments, proposal request, change orders and contract closeout procedures. 7. Scheduling. ' 1.03 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A. Contractor will schedule a conference at the project site prior to occupancy. B. Atte ndance Required: Owner, Owner Representative, Architect, Special Consultants, Contractor's Project Manager, Superintendent, and Major Subcontractors. ' C. Agenda to be developed by the Contractor. 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. 2. Owner's requirements and partial occupancy. 3. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. ' 4. Temporary utilities provided by Contractor. 5. Survey and building layout. 6. Security and housekeeping procedures. 7. Schedules. 8. Procedures for testing. 9. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 10. 11. Requirements for start-up of equipment. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period. 12. Schedule job site meetings/progress meetings. 1.04 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. When required in individual Specification Section, convene aPre-installation Conference at work site prior to commencing work of the Section. 20 October 2010 01 3119 - 1 PROJECT MEETINGS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify Architect or Owner Representative four days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda, preside at Conference, record minutes, and distribute copies within two days after Conference to participants, with two copies to Architect. E. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordination with related work. 1.05 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Progress meetings will be conducted at appropriate intervals at the jobsite, as determined at the Preconstruction Conference. Prepare agenda and provide meeting minutes. Record significant discussions, agreements, and disagreements of each conference, along with approved schedule. 1. Number and record meetings sequentially. Attendees: Owner's Representative, Architect, Contractor's Project Manager and Superintendent. At Contractor's discretion, also include any subcontractors deemed appropriate for current construction activities. C. Agenda: To be developed by the Contractor. Review minutes of previous progress meeting for truthfulness and unresolved items recorded. Review significant items that could affect progress. Include topics appropriate to the current status of the Project. D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress and updated construction schedule since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to Contractor's original construction schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the contract time. E. Review present and future needs of each entity present: 1. Schedule 2. Requests for Information 3. ASI, CCD, PR 4. Submittals 5. Change Orders 6. Documentation of information for payment requests. 7. Others as determined by Owner's Representative, Architect, and/or Consultant 8. Other items, as determined by the Contractor 1.06 REPORTING A. Distribute meeting record to all concerned parties, including Owner and Architect, within 48 hours after meeting. B. Distribute one copy of minutes to each party present, and to parties who should have been present or who should have information contained in minutes as determined by Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 3119 - 2 PROJECT MEETINGS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB SECTION 01 3216 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for preparation of the Contractor's Construction Schedule, Monthly Updates and Short Interval Schedules. The purpose of the schedules and reports is to: 1. Ensure adequate planning and execution of the work by the Contractor. 2. Establish the standard against which satisfactory completion of the project shall be judged. 3. Assist the Owner's Representative in monitoring progress. 4. Assess the impact of any changes to the Contract. 5. Support the basis for progress payments. B. Float is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of an activity or chain of activities on the 'Critical Path Method' (CPM) construction schedule. Float is not for the exclusive use of either the Contractor or the Owner unless otherwise identified in the Contract Documents. Extensions of time for Contract performance will be granted only to the extent that equitable time adjustments to the affected activity or activities exceed the total float time along the affected paths of the currently approved CPM at the time Notice to Proceed was issued for the change. C. All schedule submittals, including schedule updates, will be reviewed jointly by the Owner's ' Representative and the Contractor. Such review of the Contractor's schedules shall not constitute an approval or acceptance of the Contractor's construction means, methods, or sequencing or its ability to complete the Work in a timely manner. ' 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare and submit a final construction schedule within (5) seven calendar days after receipt of review ' comments on the preliminary construction schedule. B. Prepare and submit a 4 week short interval schedule weekly. C. Maintain schedule on-site and update weekly in red ink. If a schedule is revised make a copy of previous schedule with updates marked in red and deliver to Owner's Representative at time of revision. 1.03 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Schedule: Prepare a project schedule lay Critical Path Method (CPM) as approved. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, including but not limited to: 1. Date for Notice to Proceed; 2. Date for Substantial Completion; ' 3. Shop Drawing submittals and approvals; 4. Work activities; 5. Material ordering and delivery to job site; 6. Utility shutdowns, road closures, etc. 7. Intermediate completion dates, if applicable; 8. Owner relocation of contents, if applicable; 9. Show interrelationships and dependencies; 10. Indicate critical path of activities. 11. Testing, commissioning and other close out activities. ' B. Short Interval Schedule: Prepare and update weekly a 4 week interval schedule. Show one (1) week of actual progress (planned vs actual performance). Forecast three (3) weeks of start and completion dates for each activity, task or event in comparison to the prepared schedule. 1. Activities in interval schedule shall relate directly to activities in the construction schedule. ' 20 October 2010 01 3216 - 1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE t gba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 2. Copies of the Short Interval Schedule shall be provided at the weekly progress meetings and will be used as a basis for discussion of progress and of planned work at the meetings. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REVISIONS ' A. Show changes occurring since previous schedule submission, such as: 1. Any major changes in scope; 2. Activities modified since previous submission; 3. Revised projections for progress and completion, as applicable; 4. Any other identifiable changes. B. Provide narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delay, and impact of these on schedule; 2. Corrective action recommended and its effect 3.02 UPDATES A. At each progress meeting discuss the interval schedule. Any deviation from the planned schedule shall be explained by Contractor, with corrective measures to bring the progress of the Work back in line with the planned schedule. B. Indicate progress of the Work at each construction progress meeting by drawing a vertical line down the schedule to represent work completed to date. 3.03 SUBMITTAL A. Submit a copy of the schedule to Owner's Representative for review. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days B. Submit revised construction schedule with each application for payment, or as directed by Owner's Representative. 3.04 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULE A. Distribute copies of updated schedules to Aldrich + Associates's project site file, to Subcontractors, suppliers, TGBa, Providence Health System, and other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in schedules. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 3216 - 2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB. SECTION 01 3300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work. B. Proposed products list. ' C. Construction progress schedules. D. Submittals schedule. E. Product data. F. Shop drawings. G. Samples. H. Review action. ' I. Schedule of Submittal Categories. 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction ' activities. 1. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 3. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. Architect ' reserves right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. B. Submittal Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of time required to process submittals, including time for re-submittals. 1. Allow two weeks for initial review. a. Allow more time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent ' submittals. b. Architect will advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. c. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process same as initial submittal. d. Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal. e. No extension of Contract time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to ' Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. f. No extension of Contract time will be authorized due to incorrect and resubmitted submittals. C. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate name of entity that prepared submittal. 1. Provide 4-inch by 5-inch space on label or beside title block on shop drawings to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken. 2. Provide an additional 3-inch by 4-inch space adjacent to Contractor's review/approval space to ' record action taken during processing by Architect. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken. ' a. Project name and Architect's project number. 20 October 2010 ' 01 3300 - 1 SUBMITTALS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB b. Date that submittal is torvvarded to Contractor. c. Name, address and telephone number of Architect. d. Name, address and telephone number of Contractor. e. Name, address and telephone number of Sub-contractor. f. Name, address and telephone number of Supplier. g. Name, address and telephone number Manufacturer. h. Number and title of applicable specification section and list of specification in submittal. i. Anticipated lead time, delivery method and date of delivery to job site. j. Reference Drawing sheet, detail numbers and/or specification section applicable to submittal. k. Submittal number. Provide sequential, chronological numbering systems for all submittals from subcontractors. D. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. a. Transmit each submittal to Architect using transmittal form. b. Submittals received from sources other than Contractor will be returned without action. c. Record on transmittal form relevant information and requests for data. 1) Record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. 2) Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements. d. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810, or Contractor's form meeting approval of Architect. 1.03 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND VENDORS LIST A. Within five calendar days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit complete list of subcontractors and vendors proposed for use. B. List Company name, contact person, address, telephone and fax numbers for each subcontractor and vendor. 1.04 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, schedule of values, list of products, and construction schedule. B. Prepare submittal schedule in CSI order. Include approximate dates of submittal. C. Provide following information: 1. Scheduled date for first submittal. 2. Related Section number. 3. Name of subcontractor. 4. Description of part of Work covered. 5. Scheduled date for re-submittal. 6. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. D. Distribution: 1. Following response to initial submittal, print and distribute copies to Architect, Owner, Owner's Representative, Sub-contractors, and other parties required to comply with submittal dates indicated. 2. Post copies in project meeting room and field office. 3. When revisions are made, distribute to same parties and post in same locations. 4. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities. E. Schedule Updating: Revise schedule after each meeting or activity where revisions have been recognized or made, and issue updated schedule with meeting report. 20 October 2010 01 3300 - 2 SUBMITTALS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1.05 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect product data into single submittal for each system or element of construction. 1. Product data includes printed information such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves. 2. Where product data must be specially prepared, submit as shop drawings. 3. Do not submit product data until compliance with requirements of Contract Documents has been confirmed. B. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. C. Where printed product data includes information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. ' D. Include the following information: 1. Manufacturer's printed recommendations. 2. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. 3. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. 4. Application of testing agency labels and seals. 5. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. 6. Notation of coordination requirements. E. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary, single copy of product data where selection of options is required. F. Number of Copies: 1. Four copies except where otherwise indicated. Architect will retain one, and will return others marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. ' 2. Where Required for Maintenance Manuals: Four copies. Architect will retain one, and will return others marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. G. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, ' fabricators, and other parties involved in required performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1. Do not proceed with installation until an applicable copy of product data is in installer's possession. ' 2. Do not use unmarked copies of product data in connection with construction. 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS ' A. Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. B. Highlight, encircle (cloud), or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents. to same manner, indicate any changes, revisions or unknowns with a note requesting information or verification. ' C. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of shop drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to this project is not considered shop drawings D and will be rejected. Sh i i d . raw op ngs nclude fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates, and similar drawings. E. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included. 3. Notation of coordination requirements. 4. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. F. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size drawings, submit shop drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. ' 20 October 2010 01 3300 - 3 SUBMITTALS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yeim MOB G. Number of Copies: 1. Initial Submittal: Submit two correctable reproducible prints. One reproducible print will be returned. H. Do not use shop drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in connection with construction. Review all shop drawings prior to submittal to Architect. Check shop drawings for conformance with the Contract Documents, and coordination with other elements and trades for the Project. After review, place an approval stamp on each shop drawing prior to transmitting to the Architect. Any shop drawings not conforming to the Contract Documents and above requirements will be returned to the Contractor without comment or action. No extension of Contract time will be authorized due to incorrect or incomplete shop drawings. 1.07 SAMPLES A. Place a permanent identification label or title block on each sample submitted. Indicate project name; supplier's name and telephone number; specification section number, product name, size(s), color, finish, etc. to be used. B. Submit full-size, fully fabricated samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical to material or product proposed. Place a permanent label or title block on each sample for identification. Indicate size(s), color, finish, etc., to be used. C. Include following: 1. Generic description. 2. Source. 3. Product name or name of manufacturer. 4. Compliance with recognized standards. 5. Availability and delivery time. D. Submit samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for final check of these characteristics with other elements, and for comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Where variations in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristics are inherent in material or product represented, submit multiple units (not less than three} that show approximate limits of variations. 2. Refer to other specification sections for requirements for samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. E. Number of Samples: 1. Preliminary Submittal for Selection of Color, Pattern, Texture, or the like: Submit full set of choices for material or product. Samples will be returned with Architect's mark indicating selection. 2. Final Submittals: Five sets (except for samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics). One will be returned marked with action taken. F. Distribution: 1. Maintain returned sets of samples at the Project site for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. 2. Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers and others as involved in required performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1.08 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Where action and return is required or requested, Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. 20 October 2010 01 3300 - 4 SUBMITTALS 1 tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1. Compliance with specified characteristics and requirements is Contractor's responsibility. 2. Submittals not previously reviewed and stamped to indicate Contractor's approval will be returned without Architect review. 3. Architect will review submittals for general conformance with design concept of the project and general compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. B. Action Stamp: Architect will stamp each submittal with self-explanatory action stamp. Stamp will be marked appropriately to indicate action taken. 1. APPROVED: Indicates that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. Final acceptance will depend upon that compliance. 2. APPROVED AS CORRECTED: Indicates that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations and corrections on submittal and with requirements of the Contract Documents. Final acceptance will depend upon that compliance. 3. REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare new submittal in accordance with notations or appropriate requirements. Repeat as necessary to obtain acceptance action mark. 4. REJECTED: Do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. C. The Architect's stamp, in addition to the information noted above, will indicate the following: 1. Review and approval are only for general conformance with the information given and the design concept of the Project as expressed in the Contract Documents. Review and approval of submittals are not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details, such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for the installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review and approval of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation contained in the Contract documents. The Architect's review and approval shall not constitute approval of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or any safety precautions or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. D. Do not permit submittals marked Revise and Resubmit, or Rejected, to be used at project site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. E. Where submittal is for information or record purposes, special processing or other activity, receipt will be acknowledged in appropriate manner. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS A. Prior to commencement of construction, submit a Schedule of Submittals indicating anticipated submittal dates and dates that submittals must be approved so as not to impede the timely progression of the Work. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 3300 - 5 SUBMITTALS tgba -Project #09009 Foot 8~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB u 1 [1 1 SECTION 01 4000 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES QUALITY REQUIREMENTS A. Administrative and procedural requirements for quality control services. B. Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including reports performed by independent agencies, governing authorities, and the Contractor. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. D. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production of standard products. E. Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the sections that specify those activities. 1. Those requirements, including inspections and tests, cover production of standard products as well as customized fabrication and installation procedures. 2. Inspections, tests and related actions specified are not intended to limit the Contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. • 3. Requirements for the Contractor to provide quality control services as required by the Architect, Owner or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. F. Owner shall contract for testing of soils, backfill placement, concrete, reinforcing structural steel, steel placement, welding, and other tests as required. G. Mock-ups. H. Tolerances. Testing and inspection services. u fl 1 J. Manufacturers' field services. 1.02 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor Responsibilities: Provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services as specified elsewhere and required by governing authorities. The exception is where they are specifically indicated to be the Owner's responsibility, or are provided by another identified entity; these services include those specified to be performed by an independent agency and not by the Contractor. Costs for these services shall be included in the Contract Sum. 1. Employ and pay an independent agency to perform specified quality control services not paid for by the Owner as described above. 2. The Owner will engage and pay for the services of an independent agency to perform inspections and tests specified as the Owner's responsibility. B. Re-testing: 1. Pay for the cost of re-testing where results of required inspections, tests or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was the Contractor's responsibility. 2. Cost of re-testing construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on original construction. C. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests and similar services and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in 20 October 2010 01 4000 - 1 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not limited to: 1. Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. 2. Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assisting the agency in taking samples. 3. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of samples to testing laboratories. 4. Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. 5. Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site. D. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent testing agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Specification Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and Contractor in performance of its duties, and shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. 1. The agency shall notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor. E. Coordination: 1. Coordinate with each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and similar services shall coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. 2. Schedule times for inspections, tests, taking samples and similar activities. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Testing Agency Qualifications: 1. Prior to start of Work, submit agency name, address, and telephone number, and names of full time registered Engineer and responsible officer. 2. Submit copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by NIST Construction Materials Reference Laboratory during most recent inspection, with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection. B. Design Data: Submit for TGBa's knowledge as contract administrator for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents, or for Providence Health System's information. C. Test Reports: After each test inspection, promptly submit two copies of report to TGBa, the owner's representative, and to Aldrich + Associates. 1. Include: a. Date issued. b. Project title and number. c. Name of inspector. d. Date and time of sampling or inspection. e. Identification of product and specifications section. f. Location in the Project. g. Type of test/inspection. h. Date of test/inspection. i. Conformance with Contract Documents. j. Test results and an interpretation of test results. k. Ambient conditions at the time of sample-taking and testing. 20 October 2010 01 4000 - 2 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ~, ~ tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB I. Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested m. Work complies with Contract Document requirements. n. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. o. Recommendations on re-testing. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which are pre-qualified as complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. B. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the State in which the Project is located. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with requirements for "Cutting and Patching" in Section 01 7329. B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction. C. Repair and protection is a part of the Work, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 4000 - 3 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1 1 1 tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB fl 1 1 1 SECTION 01 4100 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with and give notices as required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. B. Regulatory requirements include modifications, amendments, additions, and the like, current as of the date of these documents. C. Referenced codes establish minimum requirement levels. Where provisions of various codes or standards conflict, more stringent provisions govern. Promptly submit to Architect written notice of observed variations from legal requirements in Contract Documents. D. Compliance requirements include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. International Building Code and related Standards, 2006 Edition, amended by the local Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 2. Life Safety Code, NFPA 101-2003. 3. State Rules and Regulations for Barrier Free Design, WAC 51-50. 4. Americans with Disabilities Act of 1994. 5. Fire Doors/Windows, NFPA 80-1997. 6. Rules and Regulations for the Washington State Department of Health. 7. Department of Labor and Industries Regulations, including General Safety and Health Standards, WAC 296-24. 8. OSHA regulations and standards. 9. International Fire Code (IFC), 2006 Edition. 10. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Codes. 11. Factory Mutual (FM). 12. Washington Survey and Rating Board. 13. Mechanical Work: a. International Mechanical Code, 2006 Edition. b. Uniform Plumbing Code, latest Edition. 14. Electrical Work: a. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL). b. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). c. NFPA, 2006 National Electrical Code (NEC), National Electrical Safety Code, and above listings as applicable. d. State Electrical Construction Code. 15. Environmental Requirements: Work to be performed in compliance with relevant statutes and regulations dealing with prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of public natural resources. 16. Energy Requirements: Comply with insulation and energy conservation requirements of local State and City Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 17. Applicable State Department of Transportation Codes and Specifications. 18. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 19. Local City Ordinances and Codes 20. Hospital Licensing Regulations Chapter 246-320 WAC. E. Drawings and Specifications govern whenever Drawings and Specifications require higher standards than are required by governing codes, regulations, and ordinances. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED 20 October 2010 01 4100 - 1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS tgba -Project #09009 PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 4100 - 2 REGULATORY RE(~UIREMENTS Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB t 1 1 tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 01 5000 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS ' A. Section 01 1000 - Summary of the Work 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Temporary utilities, worker accommodations, field offices, for execution of the Work. 1.03 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY ' A. Contractor shall provide temporary power as required to execute the Work. B. Provide power outlets, branch wiring and other required items from point of connection to power supply. 1.04 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide and maintain temporary lighting for construction operations. ' B. Permanent lighting may be utilized during construction. Repair, clean and replace tamps at end of construction. C. Provide temporary, adequate lighting for interim parking, drives and pedestrian walkways. Maintain a minimum of aft. candles at all locations. 1.05 TEMPORARY WATER A. Arrange with the local jurisdiction to obtain water from existing hydrants at Contractor's costs. B. Provide water connection at source to be designated by Owner. C. Provide piping, hoses, fittings and other required items from point of connection to water supply. D. Provide containerized tap-dispenser bottled water type drinking water units, including paper cup supply. ' 1.06 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Supply phones and wiring as needed. 1.07 TEMPORARY HEAT ' A. Provide temporary heat required by construction activities, for curing or drying of completed installations or protection of installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures and high humidity. ' B. Select safe equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. C. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize consumption of ' energy. 1.08 SANITARY FACILITIES ' A. Provide temporary toilets throughout the execution of the Work. 1.09 BARRIERS / SIGNAGE ' A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas. B. Provide barricades required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and roads where construction work is underway. 20 October 2010 01 5000 - 1 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS tgba -Project #09009 Foot 8 Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB C. Provide temporary barriers and signage for all interim parking and walkways. 1.10 PROTECTION AND SECURITY A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections. B. Provide security and facilities to protect Work and existing facilities from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. C. Fence hazardous materials for safety. 1.11 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish on a daily basis. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B_ Parking lots affected by construction traffic will be swept as required to allow for public use. C. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site periodically and dispose of off-site. 1.12 CONSTRUCTION SITE CONTROL A. Limited space will be provided on site for a container for construction debris and minimal trailer storage only. The area is to be kept clean and secure. B. Trash & Debris Removal: Remove all trash and debris resulting from the Contractor's work from site daily; dispose of at Contractor's expense. Allow no debris, broken or open cartons or other refuse to collect in the project or around it. At completion of the Work, remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery and surplus materials. ii 1 1 C. Hazardous Material: Store volatile waste and materials in covered metal containers and remove wastes from site daily. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. Provide adequate , ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. D. Regulations: Conduct all cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laws and regulations. Do not burn or bury rubbish or waste material on the site of the ' Work. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary sewers. Do not dispose of wastes in streams and waterways or on ground or bury in ground. 1.13 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS ' A. Provide temporary field offices as required to execute the Work. 1.14 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary above grade and buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. C. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1.15 SPECIAL CONTROLS A. Noise Control: Comply with the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction, (AHJ) B. Air Compressors: Provide electric-driven equipment with silencing packages, unless otherwise approved. C. Jack Hammers: No restrictions. D. Other Equipment: If noise levels for any piece of equipment cannot be brought to noise level criterion, then that piece will not be allowed on the Work. E_ Dust Control: During the period of construction, provide means of controlling dust and dirt to comply 20 October 2010 01 5000 - 2 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1 1 ' tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB with jursidictions having authority. F. Fume Control: Do not place any fume producing equipment (gas or diesel driven types) adjacent to building air intake louvers or vents, and avoid polluting any air intakes or return air grilles located on the existing air handling system inside the building. Do not leave equipment idling unnecessarily. G. Temporary Signs: All signs to be approved by the Owner prior to installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 5000 - 3 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS _ tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB SECTION 01 6000 ~ PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS _ PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS _ A. Products, materials and equipment shall be new unless specified or shown otherwise- B. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. - C. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified and indicated on drawings, or as specifically - approved in writing by Architect. ~ D. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: 1. Design, fabricate and assemble in accordance with "First Class Workmanship." 2. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages, to be interchangeable. ~, 3. Two or more items of same kind shall be identical and by same manufacturer (whether furnished under one Section or more). - 4. Provide products suitable for service conditions. 5. Adhere to indicated equipment capacities, sizes, and dimensions, unless variations are specifically '' approved in writing. -' E. Do not use materials and equipment for other than designed or specified purposes and uses or that has been removed from existing premises except as specifically identified or allowed by the Contract Documents. F. Long-Lead-Time Items: 1. Provide copies of purchase orders to Architect with reasonable promptness after receipt of Notice to Proceed for such items. 2. Forward copies of acknowledgment, production, and shipping schedules to Architect as received for required items. ~ 3. Order items far enough in advance to assure timely delivery. No schedule adjustments will be ~, granted for failure to do so. ,~ G. Products: 1. Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures and systems comprising the Work, but does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components specifically identified for reuse. 2. Where specified only by reference standards, select any product meeting standards by any manufacturer. 3. Where specified by naming several products or manufacturers, and "or approved", other products and manufacturers will be considered under substitution procedures. ~' 4. Use interchangeable components of the same Manufacturer for similar components. _ 5. Where specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, there is no option and no substitution will be allowed. ~' 1.02 MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS A. When Contract Documents require installation of work to comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute instructions to concerned entities. B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in accordance with manufacturer's _ recommendations, directions and specified requirements. 1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with Architect and Owner for further instructions. 2. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. 20 October 2010 01 6000 - 1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS u tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates ~ Yelm MOB 3. Delivery and storage of materials shall be confined to designated areas and subject to fire and safety requirements. ~ 4. Delivery of materials and loading of debris shall not interfere with the Owner's operations. Owner - will not accept deliveries for Contractor. 5. Care shall be taken during delivery or removal of material to avoid damage to existing facilities. ~' Should such damage occur due to Contractor's operations, repairs shall be made immediately to restore facilities to their original condition with out cost to the Owner. 3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to - installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. ~ B. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. r C. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. _ D. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. E. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. F. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions with seals and labels left intact and legible. 1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weathertight enclosures. 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. ~. 3. Do not allow storage of combustible materials in mechanical or electrical equipment rooms. 4. Note requirements on Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS's). '- G. Coordinate exterior onsite storage with Owner. ~ 1. Store fabricated products above ground. 2. Position on blocking or skids; prevent soiling or staining. `- 3. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings. 4. Provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. H. Arrange storage to provide easy access for periodic inspection. 1. Maintain products under specified conditions; 2. Keep products free from damage or deterioration. ,. Protect products after installation: 1. Protect building from damage (from all causes) until Owner's acceptance. - 2. Provide substantial coverings such as boarding, building paper and polyethylene sheeting as necessary to protect installed products. Protect against: a. Traffic damage; _ b. Subsequent construction operations. 3. Remove coverings when no longer needed. 4. Repair or replace damages to Owner's satisfaction and as required for acceptance. 20 October 2010 01 6000 - 4 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS tgba -Project #09009 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TO: tgba 21911 76th Avenue West, Suite 210 Edmonds, WA 98026 Fax: (425) 774-7503 Email: GDais@tgbarchitects.com PROJECT NAME: Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates CONTRACTOR: Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB TBD We hereby submit for consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: Section Paragraph Specified Item Proposed Substitution: Attach complete dimensional information and technical data conforming to requirements of Section 01 3300, including laboratory tests, if applicable. Include complete information on changes to Drawings and Specifications, which proposed substitution would require for its proper installation. Submit with request all necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality, performance, and appearance to that specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. Indicate differences in quality of materials and construction. Fill in Blanks Below: A. State the reason for the substitution and why it is being requested: B. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? yes no If yes, clearly indicate changes: C. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? D. What affect does substitution have on other trades, other Contracts, and Contract completion E. What affect does substitution have on applicable code requirements? F. Difference between proposed substitution and specified item? 20 October 2010 01 6000 - 5 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates +~ Yelm MOB G. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different lain) (ex p H. List of names and addresses of three similar projects on which product was used, date of installation, and Architect's name and address: 1. 2. 3. I. Cost Impact: Undersigned attests function and quality equivalent or superior to specified items. CERTIFICATION OF EQUAL PERFORMANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL PERFORMANCE Submitted By: ' By: signature title Date: Remarks: firm address telephone date Signature must be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above terms. For use by Architect: Accepted Accepted as Noted Not Accepted Received Too Late Signature Date END OF SECTION ~i ~i r 20 October 2010 01 6000 - 6 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 01 7000 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General procedures. B. Final acceptance. C. Record document submittals. D. Adjusting. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 7413 -Construction Cleaning B. Section 01 7423 -Final Cleaning C. Section 01 7823 -Operation and Maintenance Data 1.03 GENERAL Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. Provide to Owner submittals required by governing authorities. B. Submit required warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. C. Submit record drawings, record specifications, maintenance manuals, final project photographs and similar record information required by Owner. D. Complete start-up testing of systems and instruction of Owner's personnel. E. Remove temporary facilities from premises, along with construction tools, mock-ups and similar elements not indicated to remain as part of the Work. F. Complete final cleaning. Touch up, repair and restore marred exposed finishes. G. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for the Architect's/Owner's inspection. H. After completing each of the above listed obligations, request inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. I. Inspection Procedures: Prepare a punchlist of all items remaining to be completed prior to request for inspection; submit this list to the Architect. On receipt of request for inspection and the Contractor's punchlist, the Architect will proceed or advise Contractor of unfilled requirements. Architect will prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection, or will advise Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected (punch list) before certificate will be issued. 1. Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that Work has been substantially completed. Should the Architect be requested to return for more than (2) back-punch reviews, the cost of additional Design Team time shall be borne by the Contractor. The Architect's time records and invoice shall be submitted to the Owner. The Contractor will execute two deductive change orders for this amount to the Owner. 2. Results of completed inspection will form basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.04 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of final acceptance and final 20 October 2010 01 7000 - 1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB payment, complete the following, listing exceptions in the request: , 1. Submit certified copy of Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 2. Submit final Application for Payment, accompanied by releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Identify total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments and amount remaining due. 3. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 4. Submit evidence of continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 5. Refer to Supplementary Conditions for additional requirements. 6. Submit Record Documents (see below). 7. Submit O & M Manuals. 1.05 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. 1. Protect from loss in secure location. "" 2. Provide access to record documents for Architect's reference. B. Record Drawings: Maintain clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of contract drawings '' and shop drawings. Mark-up these drawings to show actual installation. 1. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions accurately. 2. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at later date. 3. At completion of Project, Contractor shall obtain CAD drawing files from the Architect, make As-Built Revisions with appropriate clouds for identification, and return them to the Architect. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on cover. C. Record Specifications: Maintain one copy of Project Manual, including Addenda, clean and undamaged. Enter marks and notations to indicate conditions of actual installation. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection of options, and similar information on eiements that are concealed or cannot be readily discemed later by direct observation. Note related record drawing information and product data. D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and specifications. E. Record Extra Materials: Submit complete set of delivery transmittals signed by the Owner's Representative acknowledging receipt of the correct types, colors and quantities of extra materials as required in the individual specification sections. F. Record Samples: 1. Immediately prior to date of Substantial Completion, meet at the site with Architect and Owner's personnel to determine which of the submitted samples that have been maintained during progress of the Work are to be transmitted to Owner for record purposes. 2. Comply with delivery to Owner's sample storage area. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: Requirements for Operation and Maintenance Manuals are specified in Section 01 7823. H. PART 2 Submit Record Documents to Architect with claim for final Application for Payment. PRODUCTS OT USED -N PART 3 EXECUTION 20 October 2010 01 7000 - 2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 3.01 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment for smooth and unhindered operation. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 7000 - 3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ~ r ~^s ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ `~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1 1 SECTION 01 7123 FIELD ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for field engineering services, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Lines and grades 2. Project layout 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit a record of Work performed and record all survey data as required under provisions of Sections 01 3300 and 01 7000. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surveyor: Engage a Registered Land Surveyor registered in the State in which the Work is to be done to perform all required land surveying services. 1 [~ n 1 n w f Contractor shall employ a Registered Structural Engineer experienced in construction techniques and sequences and temporary structural support systems, who is licensed in the State of Washington. The Project Structural Engineer shall advise the Contractor as to the safety and adequacy of all intermediate structural provisions necessary for erection of the completed structure. 1. The Structural Engineer shall assume the responsibilities and duties as it relates to means and methods (i.e. erection sequence, temporary bracing, etc.) 2. Temporary bracing shall be coordinated with other trades to permit continuous operation of construction. 3. Should it be necessary to modify the structural design to accommodate construction means and methods, the Structural Engineer shall advise the Contractor who shall immediately notify the Architect and await his direction. 4. Proposed changes or modifications to the structural design shall be submitted to the Structural Engineer of Record for approval prior to incorporating design changes or modifications into the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Owner will identify existing control points and property line corner stakes. B. Survey provided by Owner. C. Verify layout information shown on drawings, in relation to property survey and existing benchmarks before proceeding to layout Work. 1. Locate and protect existing benchmarks and control points. 2. Preserve permanent reference points during construction. a. Do not change or relocate benchmarks or control points without prior written approval. b. Promptly report lost or destroyed reference points, or requirements to relocate reference points because of necessary changes in grades or locations. 3. Promptly replace lost or destroyed project control points. Base replacement on the original survey control points. D. Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on the site, referenced to data established by survey control points. 20 October 2010 01 7123 - 1 FIELD ENGINEERING tgba -Project #09009 1. Record benchmark locations on project record documents. 2. Record horizontal and vertical data. Existing Utilities and Equipment: Existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. 1. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify existence and location of underground utilities and other construction. 2. Prior to construction, verify location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer storm sewer, and water service piping. 3. Prior to construction, review Owner's as built and post construction documents. 3.02 PERFORMANCE A_ Establish benchmarks and markers to set lines and levels and elsewhere as needed to properly locate each element of the project. 1. Calculate and measure required dimensions within indicated or recognized tolerances. 2. Do not scale drawings to determine dimensions. 3. Advise entities engaged in construction activities of marked lines and levels provided for their use 4. As construction proceeds, check every major element for line, level and plumb. B. Surveyor's Log: Maintain a surveyor's log of control and other survey work; make this log available for reference. 1. Record deviations from required lines and levels, and advise the Architect when deviations that exceed indicated or recognized tolerances are detected. On project record drawings, record deviations that are accepted and not corrected. 2. On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and site-work. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations by instrumentation and similar appropriate means. D. Existing Utilities: Furnish information necessary to adjust, move or relocate existing structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other appurtenances located in, or affected by the Work. Coordinate with local authorities having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB In u 20 October 2010 01 7123 - 2 FIELD ENGINEERING tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 01 7329 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. Cutting, fitting, and patching necessary to complete the Work, excluding cutting and patching of mechanical and electrical work as specified in Divisions 22 through 26. B, Make the several parts of the Work fit together properly. C. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. D. Remove and replace defective work. E. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. F. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing, and patch construction accordingly. G. Provide openings in structural and nonstructural elements for penetrations of mechanical and electrical work. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Divisions 22 through 26 -Describes cutting, fitting and patching required for mechanical and electrical work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering structural or building enclosure elements. B. Determine locations of existing reinforcement and mark locations on concrete surface in field. Show required penetrations in relation to existing reinforcement. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ skilled and experienced workers to perform cutting and patching. B. Perform cutting of concrete structure in manner to avoid impairing structural integrity. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence work to minimize time between cutting and the installation of new construction. B. Schedule work with Owner to minimize interference with existing operations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Comply with applicable Specifications and Standards for each product. B. Product Substitutions: Submit request for substitution of specified materials under provisions of Section 01 6000. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine existing conditions of project. Inspect elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. B. After uncovering work, examine conditions affecting product installations and work performance. 20 October 2010 01 7329 - 1 CUTTING AND PATCHING tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB C. Notify Architect in writing of unsatisfactory work and questionable conditions. Do not proceed with work until Architect issues further instructions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary support adequate to ensure structural integrity of affected work and safety of Contractor personnel. B. Provide devices and methods protecting other portions of project from damage. i C. Provide protection from elements for work exposed by cutting. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. Use methods likely to cause least damage to work to remain. B. Do not cut through reinforcing bars unless specifically indicated on structural drawings. If reinforcement is encountered, notify Architect immediately and obtain instructions for proceeding. C. Perform coring of concrete structure in manner to minimize damage to adjacent areas of concrete. D. Fit work tight to adjacent elements. Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction. Completely seal voids. E. Restore work cut or removed to original strength and properties. F. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. 1. Plane surfaces: Refinish to nearest intersection in each direction. 2. Assemblies: Refinish entire unit or assembly. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 7329 - 2 CUTTING AND PATCHING tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 01 7413 PROGRESS CLEANING Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cleaning and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish during construction. B. Ongoing daily cleaning. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 7423 -Final Cleaning. B. Individual Specifications Sections: Specific cleaning for Product or work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Provide covered containers for deposit of waste materials, debris and rubbish. B, Owner's equipment is not available for Contractor's use. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANING A. Maintain areas under Contractor's control free of waste materials, debris and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces and other closed or remote spaces prior to closing the space. C. Control cleaning operations so that dust and other particulate will not adhere to wet or newly-coated surfaces. 3.02 DISPOSAL A. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site and dispose of off-site. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 7413 - 1 PROGRESS CLEANING tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 01 7423 FINAL CLEANING Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB PART? GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Final cleaning of project. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 7413 -Progress Cleaning B. Section 01 7000 -Closeout Procedures C. Individual Specifications Sections: Specific cleaning for product or work. 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. Execute cleaning prior to inspection far Final Completion of each designated portion of the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Use materials which will not create hazards to health or property, and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material being cleaned. C. Submit Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) on all cleaning products and materials prior to start of construction for review by Owner or Owner's Representative. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANING A. In addition to removal of debris and cleaning specified in other sections, clean interior and exterior exposed-to-view surfaces. B. Remove temporary protection and labels not required to retain. C. Clean finishes free of dust, stains, films and other foreign substances. D. Clean transparent and glossy materials to a polished condition; remove foreign substances. Polish reflective surfaces to a clear shine. E. Vacuum clean carpeted and similar soft surfaces. F. Clean resilient and hard-surfaces flooring as specified. G. Clean surfaces of equipment; remove excess lubrication. H. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. I. Clean permanent fitters of ventilating equipment and replace disposable filters when units have been operated during construction; in addition, clean ducts, blowers and coils when units have been operated without filters during construction. J. Clean light fixtures and lamps. K. Maintain cleaning until Final Completion. L. Owner will provide final cleaning of interiors after Final Completion. Provide access and coordinate with Owner's personnel. 20 October 2010 01 7423 - 1 FINAL CLEANING tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 7423 - 2 FINAL CLEANING tgba -Project #09009 Foot i~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB t 1 1 A u SECTION 01 7823 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Compile product data and related information Manuals appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operations. Manuals must contain information on all furnished and installed items, organized by Specification Section. Include Manufacturer or supplier name, address and telephone number, and all colors, finishes, model numbers, etc. necessary to order matching products and materials. Verbal information or piecemeal product information distributed at training sessions with Owner's personnel are not a substitution for providing complete, comprehensive Manuals. Modify data as required to accurately represent completed installations. B. Prior to Owner's acceptance of any portion or stage of the Work, instruct Owner's personnel in maintenance, equipment and systems operations. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. 1.03 Submittal Requirements B. 1.04 Format for Operation and Maintenance Manuals C. 1.05 Contents for each Volume of Manuals D. 1.06 Manual for Products, Materials and Finishes E. 1.07 Manuals for Equipment and Systems 1.03 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Preliminary Submittal of Operation and Maintenance Manuals: B. Submit three copies of preliminary drafts for each discipline (Architectural, Mechanical, Electrical) to Owner, Owner Representative and Architect, two weeks in advance of Substantial Completion of the Work. Include temporary cover, proposed formats and outlines of contents. Architect and Consultants will review drafts and return one compiled copy with all comments. C. Revise Preliminary Submittal as necessary in response to comments, and resubmit three copies for approval by Architect, Owner and Owner Representative to Final Submittal of Operating and Maintenance Manuals. D. Final Submittal of Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Submit three copies of Manuals to Architect, following approval of Preliminary Submittal and prior to time of Final Inspection or Acceptance. Architect will distribute sets to Owner and Consultants. 1.04 FORMAT FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Manuals should be organized into separate binders as follows: B. Divisions 2 through 14 Architectural C. Division 22 and 23 Plumbing and HVAC D. Division 26 Electrical E. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation. Prepare data in instructional manual form for use by Owner's personnel. Modify data as required to accurately represent completed installations. F. Binders: Commercial quality, 3 hole punched, vinyl covered hardboard binder, secured with aluminum 20 October 2010 01 7823 - 1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB screw posts, sized for 8-1/2 by 11 inch sheet format. Do not exceed 3-1/2 inch binder width. I G. Cover: Identify the cover of each Manual with the printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", Project Name, identification of Discipline and Division(s) contained in the Manual, and completion date of the Project. Include names of Owner, Architect and General Contractor. H. Identify the spine of each Manual with the printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", Project Title, and identification of Discipline contained in the Manual. I. Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. J. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten information on 20 pound white or off-white paper. K. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. L. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related groupings. 1.05 CONTENTS FOR EACH VOLUME OF MANUALS , A. Project Directory: Indicate Project Name and Project Number. List: Owner, Owner Representative, Architect, Consultants, Contractor, major subcontractors and major equipment suppliers with addresses, telephone numbers, and name of responsible parties. B. Table of Contents: List contents of each Manual, indexed to Project Manual Table of Contents Section numbers and titles. C. Product Directory: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers. Include local source of supplies and replacement parts. Provide information for re-ordering custom manufactured products. D. Product Data: Submit original product literature for every product, material and finish used in the Project. Photo-copies are not acceptable. Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products, model numbers, component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information by marking out, striking out, or by notation. For custom fabricated products, where product data is unavailable, reference by Shop Drawing submittal number and description. Include Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each hazardous chemical where applicable. ~, E. Drawings and Diagrams: Include as necessary to supplement Product Data. Illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems. Show wiring, control, and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. F. Written Text: Include as necessary to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating Manufacturer's instructions. G. Warranties, Service Contracts and Maintenance Contracts Issued: Refer to Section 01 7836. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel indicating proper procedures in event of failure. Include instances which may affect validity of warranties. 1.06 MANUAL FOR PRODUCTS, MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Furnish Product Data and Maintenance Data for all building products, materials, and finishes provided under Work of this Contract. Include data for all submittals and shop drawings required for all sections of Divisions 2 through 14. B. Product Data: Identify catalog number, size, composition, colors, and finishes. Provide information for re-ordering custom manufactured products. Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. 20 October 2010 01 7823 - 2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB f ' C. Instructions or Care and Maintenance: Include manufacturer s instructions for appropriate cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and treatment, and recommended maintenance schedule. D. Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products: Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance and repair. E. Design Data: Include mix designs, physical characteristics and limitations, specifications and tolerances. F. Color: Identify by Manufacturer, color name and number, or formula, as necessary to re-establish original. G. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual Product specification Sections. H. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data. 1.07 MANUALS FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Furnish Operating and Maintenance Data for equipment and systems provided under Work of this Contract. Include separate Manuals for following: 1. Mechanical Operation and Maintenance Manual. 2. Electrical Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3. Operation and Maintenance Manual. 4. Others, where applicable to system or binder width. B. Provide information in accordance with the requirements provided in the individual specification sections listed in Divisions 22, 23 and 26. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL ' A. Prior to Final Inspection or Acceptance, arrange for each installer of operating equipment to meet with and instruct Owner's designated personnel in proper operation and maintenance. B. If installer's instructors are not experienced in procedures, provide instruction by Manufacturer's representatives. C. Time and place of instruction period shall be as mutually agreeable. D. Include detailed review of operation and maintenance manuals during instruction. Any operation and maintenance manuals provided during instruction will be considered separate and extra from those required under paragraph 1.03 Submittal Requirements. ' 3.02 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION A. Include preventative maintenance instructions for each piece of equipment or system furnished requiring periodic inspections, lubrication, adjustment, to ensure optimum and continued performance of equipment. B. Include detailed review of the following: 1. Maintenance manuals 2. Record documents 3. Spare parts and materials 4. Tools 5. Lubricants 6. Fuels 7. Identification systems 1 20 October 2010 01 7823 - 3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates ' Yelm MOB 8. Control sequences 9, Hazards 10. Cleaning 11. Warranties and bonds 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments 3.03 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate following procedures: 1. Start-up and shutdown 2. Emergency operations 3. Noise and vibration adjustments 4. Safety procedures 5. Economy and efficiency adjustments 6. Effective energy adjustments END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 7823 - 4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 01 7836 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB PART 1 WARRANTIES AND BONDS GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by Contract Documents, including manufacturers' standard warranties on products and special warranties. 1. Refer to General Conditions for terms of Contractor's special warranty of workmanship and materials. 2.. Specific requirements for warranties for work, products and installations that are specified to be warranted are included in individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 14, and 22, 23, and 26. 3. General close-out requirements are included in Section 01 7000 Closeout Procedures. 4. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in Contract Documents. B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of warranty on work that incorporates products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with Contractor. C. Owner's recourse for Work not in conformance with the Contract Documents is not limited by product warranty periods. 1.02 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted work that has failed, remove and replace other work that has been damaged as result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted work. B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When work covered by warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that work covered by warranty has failed, replace or rebuild ' work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective work regardless of whether Owner has benefited from use of work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. D. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. 1. Owner reserves right to reject warranties and to limit product selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Owner reserves right to refuse to accept work for project where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such work or part of work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written warranties to Architect prior to date certified for Substantial Completion. If Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than date of 1 Substantial Completion for Work, or a designated portion of Work, submit written warranties upon request of Architect. B. Forms for special warranties are included at end of this Section. Prepare a written document utilizing 20 October 2010 01 7836 - 1 WARRANTIES AND BONDS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB the appropriate form, ready for execution by the Contractor, or the Contractor and subcontractor, , supplier, or manufacturer. Submit draft to the Owner through the Architect for approval prior to final execution. 1. Refer to individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 14, and 22, 23 and 26 for specific content requirements, and particular requirements for submittal of special warranties. C. When special warranty is required to be executed by Contractor, or Contractor and subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by required parties. Submit draft to Owner through Architect for approval prior to final execution. 1. Refer to individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 14, and 22, 23, and 26 for specific content requirements, and particular requirements for submittal of special warranties. D. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion, compile two copies of each required warranty and bond property executed by Contractor, subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on Table of Contents of Project Manual. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable cloth binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-112 by 11 inch paper. 1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tabs to identify product or installation. Provide typed description of product or installation, including name of product, name, address, and telephone number of installer. 2. Identify each binder on front and spine with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS," project title or name, and name of Contractor. F. When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 01 7836 - 2 WARRANTIES AND BONDS tgba -Project #09009 SECTION'01 9000 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB MATERIAL COLOR AND PATTERN STANDARDS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. It is the intent of this schedule to list required color, textures and finishes selected for materials specified in the Work. It is not the intent to list every material; only those that will influence bid prices and approval of materials. B. This schedule includes material/color types that are shown in the documents and/or are located in a general manner by description in this section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to product sections for specific material requirements. For material colors not scheduled in this section and where not selected in the product literature, the Architect will select from manufacturer's standard colors. 1.03 SUBMITTALS AND APPROVALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300. B. Manufacturer's trade names and color numbers, which are listed for reference only, are not intended to imply that products of that manufacturer are required to the exclusion of equivalent products of matching color and finishes of other manufacturers. Samples are required for all items and the Architect will be the sole judge in determining the degree of acceptable differences for the listed color arid/or finishes. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 SECTION 06 4100 -ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK A. Plastic Laminate 1. PL-1 a. MFG -Wilsonart b. Pattern -Beige Pampas c. Color - 4170-60 d. Location -All vertical casework 2. PL-2 a. MFG -Wilsonart b. Pattern -Natural Tigris c. Color - 4669-60 d. Location -All countertops and wainscot B. Hardwood 1. HDWD-1 a. Species - P.S. Cherry b. Finish - RA07 Ravine, VT Industries c. Location -Doors 2.02 SECTION 06 6116 • SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL A. SSM-1 1. MFG - Corian 2. Pattern -Private Collection 3. Color -Thyme 4. Location -Transaction Top 20 October 2010 01 9000 - 1 MATERIAL COLOR AND PATTERN STANDARDS t b t #09009 P g a - rojec Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 2.03 SECTION 09 5100 -ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS A. ACT-1 1. MFG -Armstrong 2. Material -Mineral Fiber 3. Size-2'x4'x1" 4. Grid Face - 15/16" 5. Edges -Beveled Tegular ' 6. Pattern -Second Look Cirrus #513 7. Sound Absorption - 0.65 8. Sound Attenuation - 35/NA 9. Color -White 2.04 SECTION 09 6500 -RESILIENT FLOORING A. Sheet Flooring 1. SV-1 a. MFG -Armstrong b. Pattern -Connection Corlon c. Color - 88703 Desert Sand d. Location -See Finish Plans B. Resilient Base r 1. RB-1 a. MFG - Roppe b. Style- Rubber Cove c. Color - 124 Taupe d. Location -Throughout, UNO 2.05 SECTION 09 6800 -CARPETING A. CPT-1 1. MFG -Shaw 2. Style -Area 54436 3. Type • Tile 24" x 24" 4. Color - 00101 Open Plains 5. Location -See Finish Plans 2.06 SECTION 09 900 -PAINTING AND COATING A. P-1 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner B. P-2 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner C. P-3 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner D. P-4 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner E. P-5 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner F. P-6 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner G. P-7 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner 20 October 2010 01 9000 - 2 MATERIAL COLOR AND PATTERN STANDARDS tgba -Project #09009 H. P-8 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner I. P-9 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner J. P-10 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner K. P-11 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner L. P-12 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner M. P-13 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner N. P-14 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner O. P-15 1. Coordinate final color selection with Owner P. P-16 1. MFG - Shervuin Williams 2. Finish -Latex, Semi-gloss, Enamel 3. Color - SW 7509 Tiki Hut 4. Location -Hollow Metal Frames Q. EP-1 1. Finish -Epoxy, Eggshell, Enamet 2. Color as selected by Owner 3. Location -Toilets END OF SECTION Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 20 October 2010 01 9000 - 3 MATERIAL COLOR AND PATTERN STANDARDS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB SECTION 02 4100 PART1 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION GENERAL 1.01 SU MMARY A. Demolition requires selective removal and subsequent off-site disposal: 1. Removal of utilities not to remain. 2. Removal of concrete paved walks, asphalt paving and concrete curbs. 3. Removal and relocation of landscaping, soil, and equipment as required to accommodate new construction. 4. Removal of mechanical equipment, piping, and electrical items. Refer to Divisions 22, 23 and 26 for additional information. B. Ownership of Materials: Unless otherwise indicated or specified, materials required to be removed are the property of the Contractor. ' 1. Obtain from Owner list of items wanted to be retained for reuse or for their salvage value. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300. B. Schedule: Submit schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations for selective demolition work to Architect for review prior to commencement of work. C. Include coordination for shut-off, capping and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise control. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protections: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection as required to protect Owner's personnel and general public from injury due to selective demolition work. B. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent paved areas by demolition work at no cost to Owner. C. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal in a manner to insure minimum ' interference with roadways and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. D. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service, and protect them against ' damage during demolition operations. E. Environmental Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest practical level. 1. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. 2. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and pollution. 3. Engage street cleaning services, or propose and gain Owner approval of alternate means to keep all surrounding streets, public or otherwise clean at all times. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 1 A. Inspection: Prior to commencement of selective demolition work, inspect areas in which work will be performed. Report to the Architect any deviations found between existing conditions and requirements stated in the Contract Documents. 20 October 2010 ' 02 4100 - 1 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION tgba -Project #09009 Foot 8 Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB B. Cover and protect equipment and fixtures from soilage and damage when demolition work is performed in areas where such items have not been removed. C. Locate, identify, stub off and disconnect utility services not indicated to remain. 1. Provide by-pass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building and parking lots. 2. Provide minimum of two business days advance notice to Owner if shutdown of service is necessary during change-over. 3.02 DEMOLITION A. Perform selective demolition work in a systematic manner. B. Provide services for effective air and water pollution controls as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. C. Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting from demolition work. Provide fill consisting of approved structural fill as defined in Section 31 1000 Site Clearing compact structural fill in accordance with Section 31 2323 including maximum lift thickness and minimum compaction percentage. D. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical or structural elements which conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of conflict. 1. Submit detailed written report to Architect. 2. Pending receipt of directive from Architect, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without delay. 3.03 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations from building site. Transport and legally dispose of materials off site. B. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable regulations, laws and ordinances concerning removal, handling and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. C. Burning of removed materials is not permitted on project site. 3.04 CLEANUP AND REPAIR A. Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment and demolished materials from site. B. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. 1. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to start of operations. 2. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 02 4100 - 2 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1 ii 1 !I ~.. ~~ LJ 1 1 SECTION 03 5415 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY CEMENTITIOUS FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT A. Section Includes: Underlayment fill work where- existing concrete floors are not acceptable to finish flooring installers, and elsewhere at new concrete floor areas as required to achieve specified finish level tolerances. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide new concrete floors within the finish floor tolerances specified. B. Where specified tolerances are not achieved, or where defects unacceptable to the finish flooring installer (e.g., low spots, cracks, roughness, etc.) are present, Contractor is responsible to remedy such work. C. Provide underlayment at all areas designated to receive resilient flooring. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01 3300. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's detailed technical data for material required, including installation instructions. 1. State in submittal the area within the building said material is to be used, existing conditions which requires such repair material, and written approval from the finish flooring installer stating that said material is compatible with the flooring adhesives to be used. 2. Obtain approval of each submittal by the Architect for the intended area of usage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use materials of a type that is appropriate for the condition and which is totally compatible with the subsequent finish flooring material. 1. Type of material must be approved for use beneath the finish flooring material (i.e., carpet, resilient floor tile, sheet vinyl, etc.). 2. Material shall have physical properties that are suitable for the intended floor usage. 3. Material shall be of a type which will not shrink, crack, or spall. 4. Provide primer and other materials and accessories recommended by underlayment manufacturer for a complete installation. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Large Areas: Ardex "K-15" cement-based, self-leveling floor underlayment; or equivalent underlayment material. 2. Small Areas: Master Builders "Set Latex Cement" and "Acryl-Set; or equivalent latex cement mixture. 3. Other Approved Manufacturers: Raeco, and Euclid Chemical. C. Aggregate: As recommended by underlayment manufacturer for thickness of underlayment required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prepare existing concrete substrate, and new concrete substrate, clean and prime as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 20 October 2010 03 5415 - 1 CEMENTITIOUS FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 3.02 APPLICATION A. Apply underlayment in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Feather edges to match other concrete floor elevations. C. Trowel material smooth, flat and without surface defects that might telegraph through subsequent floor finish material. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 03 5415 - 2 CEMENTITIOUS FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 06 1000 Foot 8 Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB ' ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL ' 1.01 SE A CTION INCLUDES Roofin cant stri s . g . p B. Preservative treated wood materials. C. Fire retardant treated wood materials. D. Miscellaneous framing and sheathing. E. Communications and electrical room mounting boards. F. Concealed wood blocking, Hailers, and supports. G. Miscellaneous wood Hailers, furring, and grounds. H. Wood preservative treatment 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. APA PRP-108 -Performance Standards and Qualification Policy for Structural-Use Panels (Form E445); 2001. B. AWPA C9 -Plywood -- Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood Protection Association; 2003. C. AWPA U1 -Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; American Wood Protection Association; 2009. D. PS 20 -American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and Technology (Department of Commerce); 2005. E. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: Statement certifying that wood members used in the Work have received the appropriate wood treatment. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Provide lumber and other materials grade-marked or otherwise certified for quality by agency or association having species jurisdiction. Furnish only "dry" lumber. Material to receive fire-retardant treatment with moisture content of not more than 12% and other lumber of not more than 19%. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. If no species is specified, provide any species graded by the agency specified; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by any grading agency meeting the specified requirements. ' 2. Grading Agency: Any grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee (www.alsc.org) and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless otherwise indicated. a~ 20 October 2010 06 1000 - 1 ROUGH CARPENTRY tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates , Yelm MOB B. Lumber for Miscellaneous Uses: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Standard grade lumber for support of other work, including cant strips, bucks, Hailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. B. Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19. C. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade. 2. Boards: Standard or No. 3. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Subflooring: APA PRP-108: Rated Sheathing. 1. Exposure Class: Exterior. 2. Span Rating: 32/16 inches. B. Roof Sheathing: APA PRP-108, Structural I Rated Sheathing, Exterior Exposure Class, and as follows: 1. Span Rating: 24/0. C. Wall Sheathing: APA PRP-108, Structural I Rated Sheathing, Exterior Exposure Class, and as follows: 1. Span Rating: 24/0. D. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: PS 1 A-D plywood, or medium density fiberboard; 3/4 inch thick; flame spread index of 25 or less, smoke developed index of 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: Size, type, material and finish suited to application and complying with applicable standards, including FS-N-105 and FF-W-92 and ANSI 818.6.1. B. Subfloor Glue: Waterproof, water base, air cure type, cartridge dispensed. 2.05 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 -Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. 1. Fire-Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp indicating compliance with specified requirements. 2. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. B. Re-dry treated lumber. C. Preservative Treatment: PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Set carpentry work to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and cut to fit. B. Securely attach carpentry work to substrates and supporting members using fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or receive finish materials. C. Install fasteners without splitting wood. D. Fasten panel products to allow for expansion at joints unless otherwise indicated. 20 October 2010 06 1000 - 2 ROUGH CARPENTRY tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 3.02 CLEANING A. Do not leave any wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill. B. Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 06 1000 - 3 ROUGH CARPENTRY tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 06 4100 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specially fabricated cabinet units. B. Plastic Laminate Panels C. Countertops. D. Cabinet hardware. E. Preparation for installing utilities. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Support framing, grounds, and concealed blocking. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2009. B. AWI/AWMAC (QSI) -Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated; Architectural Woodwork Institute and Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; 2005, 8th Ed., Version 2.0. C. BHMA A156.9 -American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2003 (ANSI/BHMA A156.9). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Submittals B. Coordinate submittals for this Section with submittals for each of the specified Related Sections. Make single submittal for each type of submittal. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles and elevations, assembly methods, joint details, fastening methods, accessory listings, hardware location and schedule of finishes. D. Samples for Verification Purposes: 1. Plastic Laminate: Submit two samples, of each type, color, pattern and surface finish. 2. Transparent Finish Wood: Submit two finished samples of each wood species and cut indicated. 3. Opaque Finish Wood: Each material indicated. 4. Exposed Cabinet Hardware: Prior to ordering of finish hardware items for casework, submit one unit of each type and finish, tagged with full description for coordination with work. a. Units that are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal and review procedures may, after final check of operation, be used in the work. 5. Composite Sections: Full scale fabricated sections, not smaller than 6 inches wide by 12 inches long, showing run and corner. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, Premium quality, unless other quality is indicated for specific items. B. Cabinet Hardware: Comply with handicapped requirements of ANSI 4.25 and 4.27_ 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect units from moisture damage. 20 October 2010 06 4100 - 1 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK tgba -Project #09009 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. During and after installation of custom cabinets, maintain temperature and humidity conditions in building spaces at same levels planned for occupancy. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Any local custom casework manufacturer that can provide casework in accordance with the Quality Assurance Paragraph and the quality standards listed in this Section. 2.02 CABINETS A. Quality Grade: Unless otherwise indicated provide products of quality specified by AW I//AWMACIW I Architectural Woodwork Standards for Premium Grade. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Casework Materials: AWI, premium grade. B. Plastic Laminate: High-pressure decorative laminate complying with NEMA LD 3. C. Lumber: Applicable AW I quality standards for use and finishing characteristics. D. Fasteners and Anchorage Devices: Concealed types as appropriate for use. 2.04 ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK -WOOD VENEER FACED A. Quality Standard: AWI Sections 400 and related sections as referenced therein. B. Construction: 1. Type: Flush Overlay. 2. Grade: Premium 3. Doors: Flush type, solid particleboard core. 4. Species: See Section 01 9000. 5. Slip match veneer. 2.05 ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK -PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED A. Quality Standard: AWI Sections 400 and related sections as referenced therein. B. Construction: 1. Type: Flush overlay. 2. Grade: Premium. 3. Doors: Flush type, solid particleboard core. C. Plastic Laminate: 1. Exposed Surfaces: GP-28 (0.028-inch nominal thickness). 2. Semi-exposed Surfaces: a. Melamine, (0.020 inch nominal thickness) except GP-28 on interior face of doors, tops of shelves. 3. Visible Edges, Exposed and Semi-exposed (including edges of doors and drawers) a. PVC edge banding, color to be selectedlapproved by Architect. 2.06 PLASTIC LAMINATED COUNTER AND DESK TOPS A. Quality Standard: AWI Sections 400 and 4000 and related sections as referenced therein. B. Construction: 1. Type: High-pressure decorative laminate clad tops (HPDL). 2. Grade: Premium. 3. Core: Solid particleboard core. Marine grade plywood at sinks. Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 20 October 2010 06 4100 - 2 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB u t C. Plastic Laminate: 1. Exposed Surfaces: a. Non-postformed surfaces: GP-50 (0.050-inch nominal thickness). b. Postformed surfaces: PF-42 (post formed, 0.042 inch nominal thickness) 2. Back Surfaces: a. Top: Standard 0.020-inch backup sheet required. b. Backsplash: Backup sheet is required. 3. Exposed Edge Treatment: Details as indicated. 4. Top Mounted Backsplashes: Self-edged, same cladding material as on face. 2.07 HARDWARE A. Hardware: BHMA A156.9, types as recommended by fabricator for quality grade specified. B. Adjustable Shelf Supports: Standard side-mounted system using recessed metal shelf standards or multiple holes for pin supports and coordinated self rests, polished chrome finish, for nominal 1 inch spacing adjustments. C. Adjustable Shelf Supports: Standard back-mounted system using surface mounted metal shelf standards and coordinated cantilevered shelf brackets, satin chrome finish, for nominal 1 inch spacing adjustments. D. Drawer and Door Pulls: "U" shaped wire pull, steel with chrome finish, 4 inch centers. E. Cabinet Locks: Keyed cylinder, two keys per lock, master keyed, steel with chrome finish. F. Catches: Magnetic. G. Drawer Slides: 1. Type: Standard extension. 2. Load Capacity:. a. Typical: 75 pound minimum. b. File Cabinet/Paper Storage Drawers: 100 pounds minimum load capacity. c. Printer Cabinet: Load capacity, 200 pounds. Grant 82B. 3. Mounting: Side mounted. 4. Stops: Integral type. 5. Features: Provide self closing/stay closed type. 6. Manufacturers: a. Accuride International, Inc: www.accuride.com. b. Knape & Vogt Manufacturing Company: www.knapeandvogt.com. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. H. Hinges: 1. Manufacturers: a. Julius Blum, Inc: www.blum.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2. European type, all-metal including bosses; 120 degree swing except 100 degree swing where cabinet abuts a wall. Screws to be coarse thread, minimum size #10, semi-recessed. Quantity as recommended by manufacturer for size and weight of door. Blum. a. Doors with pulls: Self-closing type. b. Doors without pulls: Free-swinging type. 3. Heavy Duty 5 Knuckle; Grommet: 1. 3" black plastic with removable cover J. Support Bracket 1. Knape and Vogt 208 WH 400. 20 October 2010 06 4100 - 3 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK tgba -Project #09009 K. Recessed Pull: 1. 4" Recessed Rectangular Pull, Satin Stainless Steel 2. Product: DP156, Mockett 3. Location: P-lam benches 2.08 FINISHES A. Plastic Laminate -Color, patterns, and finishes as scheduled in Section 01 9000. B. Cabinet Hardware: Satin polished chrome plated, BHMA 626 (US26D, except where indicated otherwise. ) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. B. Verify location and sizes of utility rough-in associated with work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION -CASEWORK A. Set and secure custom cabinets in place, assuring that they are rigid, plumb, and level. B. Use fixture attachments in concealed locations for wall mounted components. C. Use concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units. D. Carefully scribe casework abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. E. Secure cabinets to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. F. Countersink anchorage devices at exposed locations. Conceal with solid wood plugs of species to match surrounding wood; finish flush with surrounding surfaces. G. Locate and size reinforcement of stud walls during wall erection by trade involved to support H. Adjust casework and hardware so that doors and drawers operate smoothly without warp or bind. Lubricate operating hardware as recommended by manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION -TOPS A. Where practicable, install each top as a single continuous unit without intermediate joints. B. Where multiple units are necessary, abut top and edge surfaces in one true plane, with internal support placed to prevent any deflection. 1. Provide flush hairline joints in top units using clamping devices. 2. Make field jointing in same manner as factory jointing, using dowels, splines, adhesives and fasteners recommended by manufacturer. 3. Locate joints in visual obscure locations. Indicate joint locations on shop drawings. C. No exposed fasteners at countertops. D. After installation, carefully dress joints smooth and remove surface scratches. Clean exposed surfaces. E. Install grommets at countertop where electrical, voice/data devices and outlets are indicated below countertops. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust installed work. B. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB C/ 20 October 2010 06 4100 - 4 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK tgba -Project #09009 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings, and fixtures. END OF SECTION Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 20 October 2010 06 4100 - 5 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK tgba -Project #09009 Foot 8~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB r t SECTION 08 1213 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-fire-rated steel frames. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Section 08 1216 -Flush Wood Doors. B. Section 08 7100 -Door Hardware. 1 1 J u C. Section 09 9000 -Painting and Coating: Field painting. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI/ICC A117.1 -American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2003. B. ASTM E 1408 -Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of the Sound Transmission Loss of Door Panels and Door Systems, 2000. C. NAAMM HMMA 840 -Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; 2007. D. NFPA 80 -Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2010. E. NFPA 252 -Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; National Fire Protection Association; 2008. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Submittals. B. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes. C. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and identifying location of different finishes, if any. D. Installation Instructions: Manufacturer's published instructions, including any special installation instructions relating to this project. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of SDI-100, ANSI A151.1, NAAMM/HMMA 802-87 and other specifications herein named. Test reports shall be submitted upon request. B. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Manufacturers named in Part 2 of this section with not less than 5 years experience in manufacturing commercial doors and frames of the type indicated. 2. Material Supplier: a. A recognized architectural hollow metal door and frame supplier who has been furnishing hollow metal in the same state as the project for a period of not less than 5 years. b. Hardware supplier's organization shall include an experienced Certified Door Consultant (CDC), certified by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI), who is available, at reasonable times during the course of the work, for consultation about project's opening requirements, to Owner, Architect and Contractor. c. Hollow metal supplier shall have warehousing facilities and an Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) 20 October 2010 08 1213 - 1 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates , Yelm MOB or Warnock Hersey (WH) approved fabrication shop for service to the contractor for the duration of the project, and the owner for post construction requirements. Supplier will be a factory authorized distributor of all materials specified. 3. Installer: Company specializing in installing work of this section with not less than 3 years experience and acceptable to the manufacturer and the door and frame supplier. Maintain regular work force of qualified personnel, trained, skilled, and experienced in installing doors, frames and door hardware if applicable, and constant, competent supervision. C. Conform to requirements of SDI 100, ANSI A151.1, NAAMM/HMMA 802-87 and other specifications herein named. Test reports shall be submitted upon request. D. Glualifications: Manufacturer: Manufacturers named in Part 2 of this section with not less than 5 years experience in manufacturing commercial doors and frames of the type indicated. a. Material Supplier: b. A recognized architectural hollow metal door and frame supplier who has been furnishing hollow metal in the same state as the project for a period of not less than 5 years. c. Hardware supplier's organization shall include an experienced Certified Door Consultant (CDC), certified by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI), who is available, at reasonable times during the course of the work, for consultation about project's opening requirements, to Owner, Architect and Contractor. d. Hollow metal supplier shall have warehousing facilities and an Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) or Warnock Hersey (WH) approved fabrication shop for service to the contractor for the duration of the project, and the owner for post construction requirements. Supplier will be a factory authorized distributor of all materials specified. E. Installer: Company specializing in installing work of this section with not less than 3 years experience and acceptable to the manufacturer and the door and frame supplier. Maintain regular work force of qualified personnel, trained, skilled, and experienced in installing doors, frames and door hardware if applicable, and constant, competent supervision. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Frames shall conform to applicable codes for fire ratings, egress and handicap access. All interior vertical stairwell and exit corridor doors shall carry a minimum 450° temperature rise rating in addition to the required fire rating per the requirements of IBC-2006. B. Underwriters' Laboratories and Warnock Hersey, labeled fire frames: 1. All labeled fire frames shall be of a type, which has been investigated and tested in accordance with UL-10(c}, ASTM E-152, NFPA 252, ANSI A2.2. 2. Underwriters' Laboratories labeled frames shall be manufactured under the UL factory inspection program and in strict compliance to UL procedures, and shall provide a degree of fire protection, heat transmission and panic loading capability indicated by the opening class. 3. Warnock Hersey labeled frames shall be manufactured to meet the specific requirements of that labeling agency's current procedure for the tested hourly rating designated and shall be subject to inspection by representatives of the labeling agency. 4. A physical label or approved marking shall be affixed to the fire door frame at an authorized facility as evidence of compliance with procedures of the labeling agency. Provide code compliant "S" labels where required by local jurisdiction. 5. Materials which will not conform to the requirements of Underwriter's Laboratories or Warnock Hersey should be qualified with the Architect prior to the bid opening for determination as to direction. With local jurisdiction approval, provide labels which indicate proper fire resistive construction, however, units involved have not been tested for proper label application. If local jurisdiction will not waive the proper label requirement, it is the responsibility of the hollow metal supplier to coordinate a legal application which will suit both the Architect's and the Owner's . requirements. If not documented prior to the initial bid award, there will be no cost increase to 20 October 2010 08 1213 - 2 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES ' tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB ' either the Architect, General Contractor or the Owner. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Store in accordance with NAAMM HMMA 840. B. Protect with resilient packaging; avoid humidity build-up under coverings; prevent corrosion. ' C. Storage of Frames: Frames shall be stored under cover on 4" (101.6 mm) wood sills on floors in a manner that will prevent rust and damage. Do not use non vented plastic or canvas shelters, which create a humidity chamber and promote rusting. Assembled frames shall be stored in a vertical position, five units maximum in a stack. Provide a 114" (6.35 mm) space between frames to promote air circulation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Frames and frame components shall be manufactured from galvanized steel having an A60 zinc coating ' conforming to ASTM specification A525, A526, or A642. Galvanized steel shall be treated to insure proper paint adhesion. All component parts used in galvanized frames shall meet the galvanize specification. Frames and frame components shall be cold rolled steel, conforming to these ' specifications. As an acceptable option, frames and frame components may be supplied with a paintable galvanealed process, which will meet the established criteria for durability and paint adhesion. 2.02 STEEL DOOR FRAMES A. All frames shat! be as detailed in the contract documents. B. Construction of Frames ' 1. Exterior frames shall be formed from 14 gauge galvanized steel (see Section 2.1 B). Interior frames to 48" wide shall be 16-gauge cold rolled steel. Interior frames over 48" wide shall be formed from 14 gauge cold rolled steel. Borrowed lights (relites) shall be formed from 16-gauge material. Side or transom lights shall conform to the gauge of the door frame attached. 2. All frames shall be set-up and arc-welded. 3. All frames shall be prepared for inserted type rubber bumpers, provided under Section 08710 - Finish Hardware, (3) per strike jamb at single door applications and (4) per head at pairs of doors. Holes shall be omitted where gaskets are provided under Section 08710. 4. Frames shall have minimum 8-gauge steel hinge reinforcements and will have the manufacturer's standard high frequency hinge reinforcement at all hinge locations. Strike reinforcements shall be ' 16-gauge. All hinge and strike reinforcements shall be projection welded to the door frame. Metal plaster guards shall be provided for all mortised cutouts. Reinforcements for surface closer shall be 14-gage steel. 5. Adequate reinforcements shall be provided for other hardware as required for proper installation. ' Provide closer reinforcements for all frames whether or not closers are specified. 6. Galvanized frames shall have galvanized hardware reinforcements. 7. Frames shall be furnished with a minimum of six ' C. Requirements for All Frames: 1. Accessibility: Comply with ANSI/ICC A117.1. ' D. Frames for Interior Glazing or Borrowed Lights: Construction and face dimensions to match door frames, and as indicated on drawings. 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS ' A. Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; 3 on strike side of single door, 3 on center mullion of pairs, and 2 on head of pairs without center mullions. ' B. Grout for Frames: Portland cement grout of maximum 4-inch slump for hand troweling; thinner 20 October 2010 08 1213 - 3 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB pumpable grout is prohibited. C. Temporary Frame Spreaders: Provide for all factory- or shop-assembled frames. D. Astragals for Double Doors: Specified in Section 08 7100. 2.04 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. Grouting of frames: be field applied. If grout with an anti-freeze agent is used, frames shall be coated with a fibered asphalt (bituminous) coating prior to grout application. Fibered asphalt coating shall be field applied, by the frame installer, to a minimum 1/16" thickness. 1. Grout: Masonry grout, 4" slump maximum. Hand-troweled in place. 2.05 FABRICATION A. rames shall be supplied set up with faces at all joints arc-welded and ground smooth and primed with a zinc rich primer. Weld shall penetrate the inside face. Along with the manufacturer's standard mechanical corner attachment, frames shall be spot welded across the full jamb depth for added structural strength. B. Provide temporary spreader bars to protect frames during shipping and storage. Tack weld spreader bars as necessary to provide adequate support and to enable easy removal prior to installation without leaving visible blemishes. Spreader bars are for shipping and storage protection only and are to be removed prior to installation. 2.06 FINISH MATERIALS A. All frames and frame components shall be cleaned, phosphatized and finished as standard with one coat of baked-on rust inhibiting prime paint in accordance with the ANSI A224.1 "Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames". Primer shall be compatible with finishes as specified in Section 09900 -Painting. B. As an alternate, a paintable galvanealed finish is acceptable in lieu of the prime finish contingent upon test results for durability and paint adhesion meeting or exceeding established primer criteria. Submit test results with shop drawings. Where the galvanized process is removed due to required welding, affected areas shall be touched up with a zinc rich primer designed for use with galvanized products. Galvanealed process will include a written conditional ten year warranty against rust through and for paint adhesion. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect door frames, borrowed light (relite) frames and doors prior to door installation. B. Verify that the door frames are properly manufactured, aligned and capable of providing trouble free support for doors throughout the range of door swing. C. Do not install damaged or defective materials. D. Inspect adjacent substrates, prior to installation, to ensure proper attachment and support for door and borrowed light frames. E. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before installing products of this section. Commencement of installation constitutes acceptance of conditions by the installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Frames shall be installed in accordance with "Door and Hardware Institute" publication, "Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware" and/or as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Labeled doors and frames shall be installed to comply with requirements of NFPA-80 and as noted in 20 October 2010 08 1213 - 4 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES ' tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB paragraph 3.1 A. C. Grout and/or bonding material shall be cleaned off frames immediately following installation. Keep surfaces clean of grout, tar, or other bonding material or sealer. 3.03 ADJUSTMENT A. Adjust doors for proper operation for the full range of swing. Coordinate with the finish hardware application. Replace frames which, when applied with proper finish hardware, cannot be adjusted to perform within required parameters. B. Repair and prime door finishes damaged during installation in a manner which results in the door showing no evidence of the restoration. If the repaired door cannot be finished to the satisfaction of the Architect or Owner, the door shall be replaced at the contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 08 1213 - 5 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 1 tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1 1 ii SECTION 08 1416 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Flush wood doors; flush configuration; fire rated, non-rated, and acoustical. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 9000 -Material Color and Pattern Standards B. Section 08 1213 -Hollow Metal Frames. C. Section 08 7100 -Door Hardware. D. Section 08 8000 -Glazing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 80 -Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2010. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Submittals B. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics. C. Specimen warranty. D. Shop Drawings: Illustrate door opening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings, undercuts required, special beveling, special blocking for hardware, factory machining criteria, factory finishing criteria, identify cutouts for glazing and louvers. E. Samples: Submit four samples of door veneer, 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating wood grain, stain color, and sheen. F. Submit complete schedule indicating dimensions, cutouts, hardware sets, stain color selection and other pertinent data which references the individual architectural door mark number as shown on the plan sheets. G. Submit manufacturer's data sheets, completely describing door construction, WDMA I.S. 1-A (formerly NWWDA) and AWI classifications. H. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. B. Installed Fire Rated Door and Transom Panel Assembly: Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class as indicated. C. Wood veneer faced doors shall conform to the latest edition of WDMA I.S. 1-A premium grade standards. D. Tolerances for warp, telegraphing, squareness and prefitting dimensions shall be as per the latest edition of WDMA I.S. 1-A and AWI Section 1300. E. Each door shall bear an identifying label indicating the manufacturer, door number, order number, as well as fire rating as applicable. 20 October 2010 08 1416 - 1 FLUSH WOOD DOORS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB F. Supplier: 1. A recognized architectural wood door supplier who has been furnishing wood doors in the same state as the project for a period of not less than 5 years. 2. Wood door supplier's organization shall include an experienced Certified Door Consultant (CDC), certified by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI), who is physically available, at reasonable times during the course of the work, for consultation about project's wood door requirements, to Owner, Architect and Contractor. Mail or telephone correspondence is not acceptable. G. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Where fire rated doors are required, provide doors labeled by ITS/Vllarnock Hersey International or Underwriters Laboratories. Construction details and hardware application shall be as approved by the labeling agency and the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). 2. Fire rated doors shall be manufactured in compliance with IBC-2000 and UL-10C requirements for positive pressure. Intumescent materials, when required, shall be concealed in the door edge. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard. B. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect doors with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic. Do not store in damp or wet areas; or in areas where sunlight might bleach veneer. Seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer if stored more than one week. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. D. Deliver doors, per general contractor's requirements, after the building is enclosed, dry, heated and adequately ventilated. Do not receive or store doors in damp areas. E. Store doors on a flat level surface. Follow the manufacturer's printed instructions for proper storage and handling of wood doors. F. Do not subject doors to extreme conditions or changes in heat, dryness or humidity in accordance with the latest edition of WDMA I.S. 1-A. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 -Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Interior Doors: Provide manufacturer's warranty for the life of the installation. C. Any defects noted during the warranty period shall be corrected at no cost to the owner. Such corrective work shall include all labor and material for repair, replacement and rehanging as required PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All wood doors shall meet criteria for the latest edition of WDMA I.S. 1-A Premium Grade. B. Doors shall be faced with hardwood veneers as specified with 1/8" minumum hardwood crossbands. Face veneers are to be a minimum thickness of 1/42 of an inch before sanding. ' C. Stile edges of doors shall be of face veneer matching materials, minumum '/," before machining. Veneered edges are not acceptable. D. Top and bottom rails shall be factory sealed with an approved wood seater. E. Doors shall be prefit and beveled both vertical edges at the factory to fit the openings. Prefit tolerances shall be in accordance with the requirements of WDMA I.S. 1-A latest edition and per the requirements of NFPA-80 as applicable. F. Doors shall be machined in the factory for mortised hardware items. Through bolt holes for hardware 20 October 2010 , 08 1416 - 2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS ' P 0 09 A kl i tgba - roject # 90 Foot & n e Surgical Assoc ates Yelm MOB attachment of hardware items requiring through bolts (I.E. surface mounted overhead stops) shall be done in the field by the hardware installer. Include hinge screw pilot holes as standard machining. ' G. Vision panels for non-rated and 20 minute rated doors shall be wood of a similar species to the specified veneer. Doors over 20 minute rated shall have metal vision kits with applied wood veneers of a similar species to the specified veneer. Both types shall be factory finished to match the approved ' samples. 2.02 FABRICATION ' A. Fabricate all doors in accordance with WDMA I.S. 1-A Premium Grade, 5-ply or 7-ply construction. 9-ply construction is not acceptable. 1. To match HDWD-1, see 01 9000 for Species and Finish. 2. Thickness:13/4" ' B. Stiles to be a minimum 1-3/8" wide (before prefitting) structural composite lumber (SCL) edged with matching hardwood per 2.1-C. Fire rated doors will incorporate a fire retardent edge in compliance with ' their fire testing requirements with screw holding capabilities equal to or better than the SCL materials specified. The door manufacturer shall drill 5/32" diameter pilot holes for all template hinge screws. C. Rails to be a minimum 1-3/8" wide (before prefitting) structural composite lumber (SCL). Fire rated ' doors will incorporate a fire retardent edge in compliance with their fire testing requirements. D. Cores for non-rated and 20 minute fire rated doors shall be particleboard, 28-32 pounds per cubic foot average density. Comply with particleboard standard ANSI A208.1, Grade 1-LD-2. Cores for fire rated doors which exceed 20 minutes shall be anon-combustible mineral board, 30.8-34.7 pounds per cubic ' foot, containing no asbestos. Mineral board doors steal! have the manufacturer's standard hardware blocking system for all surface applied hardware that will allow mounting hardware without through bolts. E. Stiles and rails shall be glued to the core and the entire unit sanded flat as a unit to ensure minimal ' telegraphing of core components through face veneers. F. Veneers are to be applied to the core in a hot press using Type I or II adhesive. Five or seven ply ' construction. Veneers to be slip-matched. G. Fire rated doors shall include all requirements of IBC-2000 positive pressure per testing results of ' UL-10C or ITS/VUarnock Hersey Internation Catagory A Guidelines, as part of the door construction. Intumescents (hot smoke seals), if required, will be a concealed portion of the door edge. All fire rated doors will bear a factory applied "S" label. Cold smoke gaskets will be frame applied and supplied under Section 08710 -Finish Hardware. ' H. Provide manufacturer's standard reinforcements for surface applied hardware on mineral core fire doors to allow application of hardware without the use of sex nuts or through bolts including lock blocks, closer reinforcements, intermediate rails and any other application which may affect the opening. I. Manufacturers: 1. Any member of WDMA or AW I meeting or exceeding the requirements of this specification. ' 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Wood Louvers: 1. Louver Blade: Flush louver. ' B. Glazing Stops: Wood, of same species as door facing, butted corners; prepared for countersink style tamper proof screws. ' C. Astragals for Non-Rated Double Doors: Wood, T shaped, overlapping and recessed at face edge. 2.04 FACTORY FINISHING -WOOD VENEER DOORS ' A. Factory finish doors in accordance with specified quality standard: 20 October 2010 OS 1416 - 3 FLUSH WOOD DOORS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates ' Yelm MOB 1. AWI System TR-6, catalyzed polyurethane, premium grade, clear finish (no stain). ' 2. Top and bottom rails shall be factory sealed with an approved wood sealer. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. Carefully inspect the locations where the doors are to be ' installed. Notify the general contractor of any conditions which would adversely affect the installation or the subsequent operation of the door. Do not proceed until conditions are satisfactory. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out-of-tolerance for size or alignment. D. Allow doors to become acclimated to building temperature and humidity before installation. E. Where field fitting is required, field finish and seal all exposed edges within 48 hours. F. Use only skilled mechanics to install and adjust the finish hardware from section 08710. G. Retain factory packaging to protect doors for the remainder of the construction period. H. Replace or rehang doors which do not swing or operate freely, or do not conform to specified tolerances. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. 1. Install fire-rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80 requirements. B. Factory-Finished Doors: Do not field cut or trim; if fit or clearance is not correct, replace door. C. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. E. Coordinate installation of glazing. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Conform to specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. B. Conform to specified quality standard for telegraphing, warp, and squarenes. C. Maximum Width Distortion (Cup): 1/8 inch measured with straight edge or taut string, edge to edge, over an imaginary 36 by 84 inches surface area. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Adjust closers for full closure. 3.05 SCHEDULE -See Drawings END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 OS 1416 - 4 FLUSH WOOD DOORS tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 08 3100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Foot 8~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. Prefabricated steel door and frame units for access to concealed space. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Partition and Soffit Construction: Gypsum board on metal framing. B. Locations: 1. Ceiling access. 2. Partition access. C. Fire Resistance Classifications: UL or WHI listed and labeled assembly matching or exceeding classification of construction in which mounted. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. UL (FRD) -Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Submittals B. Product Data: Provide sizes, types, finishes, hardware, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate exact position of all access door units. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Access Doors: 1. Karp Associates, Inc: www.karpinc.com. 2. Milcor by Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc: www.milcorinc.com. 3. J.L.Industires. 4. Nystrom, Inc. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS A. All Units: Factory fabricated, fully assembled units with corner joints welded, filled, and ground flush; square and without rack or warp; coordinate requirements with assemblies units are to be installed in. B. Units in Fire Rated Assemblies: Fire rating equivalent to the fire rated assembly in which they are to be installed. 1. Provide products listed and labeled by UL or ITS (Warnock Hersey) as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.03 MANUFACTURED UNITS -WALL ACCESS A. Access Door Design: Milcor products specified to establish quality and style for location: 1. Drywall or Veneer Plaster: Style MS 3202-430 with steel cam latch. 2. Drywall -Fire Rated: Karp 250FR. B. Construction: 20 October 2010 OS 3100 - 1 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS i. nuuuui nnunnauvn: iwanuidcwiei s puuuaneu te~nrncdi ~i~uuci uaia iui an s{~ecnieo over hardware items indicating compliance with the requirements. 20 October 2010 08 7100 - 1 DOOR HARDWARE tgba -Project #09009 1. Frame: 20 gauge hot-dip galvanized steel. 2. Door Panel: 14 gauge electro-galvanized steel. 3. Hardware: tgba -Project #09009 2. Hardware Schedule: Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB a. Hardware schedules are intended for the Contractor's coordination of the work. Review and acceptance by the Architect or Owner does not relieve the Contractor of his exclusive responsibility to fulfill the requirements as shown and specified. b. Submit hardware schedule in the manner and format as specified, complying with the actual construction progress schedule requirements for each draft. Include the following information: 1) Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, codes, at the like, including door handing. 2) Type, style, function, size, and finish of each hardware item. 3) Door and frame sizes and materials cross-referenced to the Architect's marks in the door schedule. 4) Room identification (name and number) on each side of door opening as indicated on the drawings. 5} Product name, model number, description, and name of manufacturer of each item. 6) Fastenings and other pertinent information. 7) Locations of hardware cross-referenced to architectural floor plans and door schedules. 8) Mounting heights and locations of each type of hardware. 3. Key Schedule: a. Require qualified representative of the hardware supplier to personally meet with the Owner and obtain the Owner's written key requirements. b. Include a separate key schedule, showing clearly how the Owner's instructions on keying of Pocks has been fulfilled. 4. Samples: Upon request, submit actual material samples of items indicated as for color selection. 5. Templates: Hardware supplier will furnish hardware templates to the Contractor for each fabricator of doors, frames, and other work to be shop prepared or factory prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request check shop drawings of such other work, to conform that adequate provisions are made for proper location and installation of hardware. 6. Warranty: Provide the manufacturer's standard warranty for each product, not to be less than one year after acceptance of the building by the owner. Door closers shall not be warranted for less than ten years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. General: 1. Provide all door hardware for complete work, in accordance with the drawings and as specified herein. 2. f~uantities fisted, in any instance, are for the Contractor's convenience only and are not guaranteed. 3. Provide items and quantities not specifically mentioned to ensure a proper and complete operational installation. Match the quality and finish of items specified. 4. Provide miscellaneous hardware as listed in hardware groups. B. Hand of door: Drawings show direction of slide, swing or hand of each door leaf. Door schedule indicates door and frame sizes, materials, required fire ratings, and other pertinent information. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of door movement as indicated. C. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates generally prepared for machine screw installation. 1. Screws: Furnish screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finishes of such other work as closely as possible, including "prepared for paint" in surfaces to receive painted finish. 2. Concealed Fasteners: Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is closed, except to extent no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed 20 October 2010 08 7100 - 2 DOOR HARDWARE tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB !, in other work, except where it is not feasible to adequately reinforce the work. In such cases, provide sleeves for each thru-bolt or use sex-nut 8 bolt fasteners. 2.02 HINGES A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Stanley 2. Approved Substitutions: Bommer, Ives B. Templates: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template-produced units. C. Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated, but not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 90" or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30" of additional height. r} D. Quantity: 1-1/2 pair up to and including 90" in height. For doors over 90" in height supply one additional ^ butt for each additional 30" in height, or fraction thereof. E. All exterior and interior reverse bevel locked doors to have non-removeable pins (NRP set screw in barrel). 2.03 LOCK CYLINDERS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Schlage 2. Approved Substitutions: None (Schlage is the building standard) B. Equip locks with interchangeable construction cores for use until substantial completion. C. Provide final cores utilizing Schlage's Everest Restricted keyway, matching the keyway used for the project. D. Construct lock cylinder parts from brass/bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver. 2.04 KEYS, KEYING, AND KEY CONTROL A. Keys: 1. Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only. 2. Quantities: These quantities are to establish a maximum allowable quantity of cut keys to service the project and may not necessarily be assigned as noted. A lesser quantity of cut keys required will not result in any credits, nor a quantity of uncut keys to be issued unless noted otherwise. a. 3 change keys per each cylinder unit. b. 5 master keys per master. c. 3 control keys d. 10 construction keys. 3. Deliver keys to the Owner's representative: Send Masterkeys to Owner via U.S. registered mail direct from hardware supplier. 4. Provide visual key control (VKC) for all keys, and inscribe each key with the notation "DO NOT DUPLICATE". B. Keying: 1. Comply with Owner's written instructions for masterkeying and, except as otherwise indicated, provide individual change keys for each lock which is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks. Shell and core key system will be the key system for the tenant spaces. Allow for expansion as required. 2. Grandmaster key all cylinder items to the existing grand master key system already established by King Door & Hardware (509-453-9670). Coordinate with the Owner's instructions. 3. Provide concealed key control (CKC) for all cylinders, marked with the appropriate key symbol. 2.05 LOCKSETS, LATCHSETS, AND PRIVACY SETS: 20 October 2010 OS 7100 - 3 DOOR HARDWARE tgba -Project #09009 A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Schlage 2. Approved Substitutions: None (Schlage is the building standard) B. Types: Locksets, latchsets, and privacy sets as indicated in Door Hardware Schedule. C. Lock Throw: Provide 3/4" minimum throw of mortise type latches and deadbolts used. Cylindrical latches will be 1/2" minimum. Comply with UL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings. D. Design: Sparta E. Finish: 626-AM (brushed chrome with Anti-Microbial finish). 2.06 EXIT DEVICES AND MULLIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Von Duprin 2. Approved Substitutions: None (Von Duprin is the building standard) B. Provide glass bead shim kits, as needed, to prevent interference with door glazing kits. C. Provide spacers as needed for proper application of removable mullions on narrow stop type frames. 2.07 CLOSERS: A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Falcon 2. Approved Substitutions: None (Falcon is the building standard) B. Provide parallel arms for all ovefiead closers, except as otherwise indicated. Provide drop plates as needed to prevent glazing interference. Provide blade stop spacers as needed at aluminum frame applications. C. Mount all closers to the maximum allowable degree of opening by the closer manufacturer's template. Where closer arms incorporate dead stop features, mount closers to the maximum degree of opening available before conflict with adjacent structures. If not apparent on the contract documents, verify the use of open space with the Architect or Owner's Representative to determine the maximum allowable degree of opening. 2.08 OVERHEAD STOPS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Glynn Johnson 2. Approved Substitutions: None (Glynn Johnson is the building standard) B. Mount stops to the maximum degree of opening available before conflict with adjacent structures, or, if adjacent structures are not considered, to the maximum allowable by stop manufacturer's template. C. If not apparent on the contract documents, verify the use of open space with the Architect or Owner's Representative to determine the maximum allowable degree of opening. 2.09 WALL AND FLOOR STOPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Trimco 2. Approved Substitutions: Ives B. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide stops (wall, floor or overhead) at each leaf of every swinging door leaf. 2.10 PROTECTION PLATES Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 20 October 2010 08 7100 - 4 DOOR HARDWARE tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. Manufacturers: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Trimco 2. Approved Substitutions: Ives, Tice B. Sizes: Fabricate protection plates (armor, kick or mop) not more than 2" less than door width on stop side and not more than 1"less than door width on pull side, x the height indicated. C. Metal Plates: Stainless Steel, 18 gauge, (0.050) thick. Satin finish (US32D, 630), beveled four edges (B4E). 2.11 GASKETS AND SWEEPS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Pemko 2. Approved Substitutions: National Guard B. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide continuous weather-stripping at each edge of every exterior door leaf. Provide type, sizes and profiles indicated as drawn or scheduled. 2.12 THRESHOLDS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Pemko 2. Approved Substitutions: National Guard B. Where there is conflict between scheduled thresholds and details, details shall have precedence. Revise details only if necessary to comply with handicap accessibility requirements. Notify the Architect of such required modifications. C. Anchors: Provide stainless steel wood screws with plastic anchors (SSWS/PA). 2.13 SILENCERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Trimco 2. Approved Substitutions: Ives 2.14 FINISHES A. Exposed surfaces of hardware shall be Satin Stainless Steel (US32D, 630), unless otherwise indicated, Hardware specified in Satin Stainless Steel shall be provided in stainless steel with no exceptions. 2.15 GROUPS A. H01 1 PCKT HDW JO 153070PF 1 POCKET PULL ACC 2000 X S20026 X S20026 X 626 B. H02 3 HINGES ST FB6179 4-1/2 X 4-1/2 652 1 PRIVACY SC L9496J X 17A X 626AM 1 FINAL CORE SC 23-030 X 626 1 MOP PLATE TR KM050 4" X 1"LDW X 630 1 STOP TR 1270CX X 626 3 SILENCER TR 1229-A 20 October 2010 08 7100 - 5 DOOR HARDWARE tgba -Project #09009 C. H03 3 HINGES 1 LATCHSET 1 STOP 3 SILENCER PART 1 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB ST FBB179 5 X 4-1/2 652 SC ND10S SPARTA 626AM TR 1270CX X 626 TR 1229-A A. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions, requirements of NFPA 80, UBC, ADA, and Washington State Rules and Regulations for Barrier Free Facilities and recommendations of the DHI. B. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. C. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. D. Where not factory machined, machine cut for hardware per template, as required. E. Surface mounted hardware to be prepped & drilled in field. Mortised hardware to be prepped in the shop by the door supplier, except where not practical (mortise strikes for pocket door jambs). 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: 1. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Adjust resilient faced sound stops for continuous contact with door and threshold. Adjust weather-stripping and sweeps to completely seal doors with frames and to adjacent structures. 2. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. B. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, the hardware installer shall return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Approximately six months after the acceptance of hardware in each area, the hardware installer shall: 1. Return to the project and re-adjust every item of hardware to restore proper function of doors and hardware. 2. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel in recommended additions to the maintenance procedures. 3. Replace hardware items which have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials or installation of hardware units. 4. Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems (of substantial nature) in the performance of the hardware and submit to the Architect. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 08 7100 - 6 DOOR HARDWARE 1 tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 08 8000 GLASS AND GLAZING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass. B. Glazing compounds and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 1213 -Hollow Metal Frames: Glazed borrowed lites. B. Section 08 1416 -Flush Wood Doors: Glazed doors. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. ANSI 297.1 -American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings, Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test; 2004. B. GANA (GM) -GANA Glazing Manual; Glass Association of North America; 2004. C. GANA (SM) -FGMA Sealant Manual; Glass Association of North America; 2008. D. IBC, Chapter 24 -Glass and Glazing Requirements 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Submittals B. Product Data on Glass Types: Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. C. Samples: Submit two samples 12x12 inch minimum in size of glass units. D. Certificates: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Test reports for sealant-substrate adhesion and sealant compatibility. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual and FGMA Sealant Manual for glazing installation methods. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience. C. Fire Resistance Rated Glazing: Each fight shall bear permanent, non-removable label of UL or WHI certifying it for use in tested and rated fire resistive assemblies. D. Safety Glazing Standard: ANSI 797.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for category II materials. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install glazing when ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees F. B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. 20 October 2010 08 8000 - 1 GLASS AND GLAZING tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB B. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Provide a five (5) year warranty to include coverage far seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, including replacement of failed units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Primary Glass Manufacturers: 1. Ford Glass 2. Guardian Industries Corp. 3. LOF Glass, Inc. 4. PPG Company 5. Cesarcolor, Inc. 6. Milgard B. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01 6000. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Sizes: Fabricate glass of thickness indicated and to sizes required for glazing openings indicated, with edge clearances and tolerances complying with recommendations of glass Manufacturer. All exterior glazing to be fabricated in insulating units. B. Primary Glass (clear float): ASTM C1036, Type I (transparent, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality Q3. Thickness shall be 6-mm (114-inch) nominal thick float, unless noted otherwise. Insulating Low E glazing to be used at all exterior locations. C. Wire Glass: ASTM C1036, Type I (transparent, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality Q3, with embedded wires in diagonal pattern at 1/2" on center in each direction. Thickness shall be 6-mm (1/4-inch) nominal thick float, unless noted otherwise. Glass shall be U.L. listed for fire doors. D. Heat-Treated Safety Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent, flat), Class 1 (clear), 6 mm thick float unless otherwise indicated. E. Laminated Safety Glass: Two layers 3 mm thick clear annealed float glass laminated together with 0.030 inch thick clear plastic interlayer. F. Radiation Shielding Glass: see section 13090. G. Obscured Glass. H. Mirrors: Float glass, ASTM C1036, Type 1 reflective, Class V. Quality 93, glazing select, ~/." thick minimum, finished edge. 2.03 A. Glazing Sealant: Comply with recommendations of sealant and glass Manufacturers for selection of glass sealants which suit project application and installation conditions and which are compatible with surfaces contacted as demonstrated by testing and field experience. 1. Provide product complying with Manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric requirements including those for type, grade, and class use. 2. Provide color of exposed sealants indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's standard colors. 3. Fire Rated Openings: Provide proprietary product used in fire tests of the glass. Except where another specific product is stipulated, provide GE 1000. B. Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets: ASTM C 864, extruded or molded neoprene, EPDM, or thermoplastic polyolefin rubber. C. Cellular Elastomeric Preformed Gaskets: ASTM C 509, Type II, black; extruded or molded neoprene. 20 October 2010 08 8000 - 2 GLASS AND GLAZING tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB D. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Type recommended by Manufacturer of sealants/gaskets. E. Blocks and Spacers: Neoprene, EPDM, or silicone as required for compatibility with glazing sealants; of 80 to 90 Shore A hardness for setting blocks and, for spacers and edge blocks, of hardness recommended b lass and sealant Manufacturer for application indicated. Y9 F. Compressible Filler Rods: Closed-cell or waterproof-jacketed rod stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam, 5-10 psi compression strength for 25 percent compression. 2.04 GLAZING TYPES A. Type GL-5 -Single Safety Glazing: Non-fire-rated. 1. Applications: Provide this type of glazing in the following locations: a. Glazed lites in doors, except fire doors. b. Glazed sidelights to doors, except in fire-rated walls and partitions. c. Other locations required by applicable federal, state, and local codes and regulations. d. Other locations indicated on the drawings. 2. Type: Fully tempered float glass as specified. 3. Tint: Clear. 4. Thickness: 1/4 inch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Glass and Glazing product manufacturers to provide field surveillance of the installation of their 1 products. B. Monitor and report installation procedures and unacceptable conditions. 3.02 CL EANING A. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. B. Remove labels after Work is complete. C. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces. 3.03 PROTECTION A. After installation, mark pane with an 'X' by using removable plastic tape or paste; do not mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units. 3.04 SCHEDULE A. See drawings. END OF SECTION 0 L t 20 October 2010 08 8000 - 3 GLASS AND GLAZING tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 09 2116 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal stud wall framing. B. Acoustic insulation. C. Gypsum sheathing. D. Cementitious backing board. E. Gypsum wallboard. F. Joint treatment and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS Foot 8 Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. ANSI A108.11 -American National Standard for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 1999 (R2005). B. ASTM C 475/C 475M -Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2002 (Reapproved 2007). C. ASTM C 665 -Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2006. D. ASTM C 754 -Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2009a. E. ASTM C 840 -Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2008. F. ASTM C 954 -Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2007. G. ASTM C 1002 -Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2007. H. GA-216 -Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; Gypsum Association; 2007. I. GA-600 -Fire Resistance Design Manual; Gypsum Association; 2009. 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Provide gypsum drywall construction having fire-resistance ratings indicated. B. Conform to assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by inspecting and testing organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Structural Performance of Interior Partition Systems: 1. Lateral Loading: 5 psf per IBC, 2003 Edition. 2. Deflection Limit: a. For Brittle Finishes: 1/240 of span. b. For Gypsum Wallboard Finishes: 1/180 of span. c. For Flexible Finishes: 1/120 of span. D. Sound Transmission Classes (STC): 1. Untreated Interior Partition: 35 minimum. 2. Sound Partition: 45 minimum. 20 October 2010 09 2116 - 1 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS tgba -Project #09009 3. Shaft Wall System: 40 minimum. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Submittals B. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing system. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Provide gypsum drywall construction having fire-resistance ratings indicated. B. Perform work in accordance with GA 216 -Standard Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board, published by the Gypsum Association. C. Thickness of metal framing components is specified by decimal thickness as currently favored by steel industry trade associations. (Refer ASTM A 525.) 1. Specified metal thickness is minimum acceptable for base metal, uncoated, unless specifically indicated as Manufacturer's design thickness. 2. Gauge references are for convenience only and shall not be used to imply an acceptance of base metal thinner than the decimal thickness specified. 3. Fire rating requirements take precedence over construction requirements indicated. In event of conflict, notify Architect and do not proceed in area of conflict until resolved. D. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing gypsum board application and finishing, with minimum 5 years of documented experience. E. Conform to assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by inspecting and testing organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. F. Structural Performance of Interior Partition Systems: G. Lateral Loading: 5 psf per IBC, 2006 Edition. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide gypsum board and related products by one of the listed Manufacturers. B. Steel Framing and Furring: 1. Dale Industries, Inc. 2. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. 3. Marino Industries Corp. 4. Unimast Incorporated 5. Steeler 6. Scafco C. Grid Suspension System: 1. Chicago Metallic Corporation 2. National Rolling Mills Co. D. Gypsum Board: 1. Domtar Gypsum Co. 2. Georgia-Pacific Corp. 3. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. 4. United States Gypsum Co. 5. Certainteed E. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01 6000. Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB !. 1 20 October 2010 09 2116 - 2 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 1 1 t r tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 2.02 STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS A. ASTM C 754, unless otherwise indicated: B. Channels: Cold-rolled steel, 0.0568 inch thickness of base metal (16 gauge) and 7/16 inch wide flanges, protected with rust-inhibitive paint. 1. Carrying Channels: 2 inches deep, 590 lbs. per 1000 feet. 2. Carrying Channels: 1-1/2 inches deep, 475 lbs. per 1000 feet. 3. Furring Channels: 314-inch deep, 300 lbs. per 1000 feet. C. Steel Studs for Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, characteristics as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. Depth: 2-112 inches. 2. Thickness: 0.0179-inch minimum (25 gauge). D. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat-shaped. 1. Depth: 7/8 inch. 2. Thickness: 0.0179-inch minimum (25 gauge). E. Grid Suspension Systems: ASTM C 645, Manufacturer's standard grid suspension system composed of main beams and cross furring members which interlock to form modular supporting network. F. Wire supports: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant material, capable of sustaining load equal to 3 times ghat imposed by ceiling construction, as determined from testing per ASTM E 488 calculated loading. G. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, soft, Class 1 zinc coating. 2.03 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645 1 r 1 1 2.04 GYPSUM BOARD A. Provide gypsum board in maximum lengths available to minimize end joints. Thickness, 5/8 inch unless otherwise indicated. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, tapered edges. 1. Non-rated Assemblies: Regular Type. 2. Fire Rated Assemblies: Type X. C. Gypsum Backing Board for Multi-Layer Applications: ASTM C 442 or A 36. 1. Non-rated Assemblies: Regular Type. 2. Fire Rated Assemblies: Type X. 2.05 GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD A. Gypsum core sheathing panel with additives to enhance the water resistance of the core. Surface with water repellant paper at front, back and long edges in compliance with ASTM C79. 2.06 EXTERIOR GYPSUM SOFFIT BOARDS A. A gypsum core soffit panel with additives to enhance the sag resistance of the core. Surface with water repellant paper on front, back and long side in compliance with ASTM C931. Provide tapered, beveled edges. 2.07 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. ASTM C 840, Manufacturer's standard trim accessories, including corner bead and edge trim of beaded type with face flanges for concealment in joint compound except where semi-finishing or exposed type is indicated. B. Provide corner bead formed from zinc alloy. C. Provide one-piece control joints with 114 inch wide by 7/16-inch deep V-shaped slot, covered with 20 October 2010 09 2116 - 3 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB removable tape, of roll-formed zinc or extruded vinyl as recommended by gypsum board Manufacturer 2.08 GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. ASTM C 475 and ASTM C 840, complying with recommendations of Manufacturer of both gypsum board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. B. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. Use open-weave glass fiber tape where recommended by gypsum board Manufacturer with use of setting-type joint compound. C. Setting-Type Joint Compound: Factory-prepackaged, job-mixed chemical-hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. D. Drying-Type Joint Compounds: Factory-prepackaged, vinyl-based products: 1. Ready-Mix Formulation: Factory-premixed. 2. All-purpose compound formulated for use as both taping and topping compound. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction which comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board Manufacturer: B. Laminating Adhesives: Product recommended for laminating gypsum boards. C. Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C 1002. D. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, nonbleeding, gunnable sealant as specified in Section 07900 -Joint Sealants. E. Sound Attenuation Blankets: 1. Cavity and Non-plenum Blankets: Unfaced glass or mineral fiber insulation complying with ASTM C 665, for Type I. 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C 665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced. Thickness: appropriate to depth of framing. B. Acoustic Sealant: Non-hardening, non-skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board. 1. Product: QuietZone Acoustic Sealant manufactured by Owens Corning. 2. , or equivalent. C. Joint Materials: ASTM C 475 and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. 1. Tape: 2 inch wide, coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Tape: 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated. 3. Powder-type vinyl-based joint compound. D. Screws for Attachment to Steel Members Less Than 0.03 'snch In Thickness, to Wood Members, and to Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1002; self-piercing tapping type; cadmium-plated for exterior locations. E. Screws for Attachment to Steel Members From 0.033 to 0.112 inch in Thickness: ASTM C 954; steel drill screws for application of gypsum board to loadbearing steel studs. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C 754 and manufacturer's instructions. 20 October 2010 09 2116 - 4 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS ' tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1. Isolate steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement: a. Where edges of suspended ceilings abut building structure at ceiling perimeters and at penetrations of structural elements. b. Where partition and wall framing abuts overhead structure. 2. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with steel framing or furring members. Frame both sides of joint with steel framing or furring members or as indicated. 3. Secure hangers to structural support by connecting directly to structure where possible. Otherwise connect to inserts, clips, other anchorage devices or fasteners as indicated. 4. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes or conduit. Maintain 2 inches clearance to hangers and braces. 5. Provide indirect-hung metal support system with carrying channels (main runners) spaced 4 feet o.c., hangers 4 feet o.c. along runners, and rigid furring members 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 6. Install direct-hung grid suspension system, including perimeter wall track or angle, with members spaced and installed to comply with Manufacturer's instructions. 7. Install runner tracks at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls of masonry or concrete, install asphalt felt strips between studs and wall. 8. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports above suspended ceilings, except where indicated otherwise. a. Continue framing over frames for doors and other openings. b. Frame around ducts to provide support for gypsum board. 9. Install steel studs at 16 inches on center except where otherwise indicated or required. 10. Frame door and other openings with studs and runners of the proper gauge, number and arrangement to comply with Manufacturer's recommendations for size of opening, weight and height of doors, and stud size, unless otherwise indicated. 11. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing at openings and terminations in the work and for support of fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings 1 and similar construction to comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board Manufacturer. B. Suspended Ceilings and Soffits: Space framing and furring members as indicated. 1. Level ceiling system to a tolerance of 111200. 2. Laterally brace entire suspension system. C. Studs: Space studs at 16 inches on center unless noted otherwise. 1. Extend partition framing to structure where indicated and to ceiling in other locations. 2. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to ceiling track in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach extended leg top runner to structure, maintain clearance between top of studs and structure, and brace both flanges of studs with continuous bridging. D. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using not less than double studs at jambs. E. Standard Wall Furring: Install at concrete walls scheduled to receive gypsum board, not more than 4 inches from floor and ceiling lines and abutting walls. Secure in place on alternate channel flanges at maximum 24 inches on center. 1. Orientation: Horizontal. 2. Spacing: As indicated. F. Furring for Fire Ratings: Install as required for fire resistance ratings indicated and to GA-600 requirements. 20 October 2010 09 2116 - 5 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS tgba -Project #09009 Foot 8~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB G. Blocking: Install mechanically fastened steel sheet blocking for support of: 1. Plumbing fixtures. 2. Toilet partitions. 3. Toilet accessories. 4. Wall mounted door hardware. 5. Wall-mounted equipment in equipment rooms. 3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. B. Install sound attenuation blankets where indicated, without gaps and with support where necessary to prevent movement or dislocation. 1. Locate behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partition and tight to items passing through partitions. 2. Lay sound attenuation blankets over ceiling construction adjacent and parallel to sound insulated partitions and STC rated operable partitions. Extend blankets out 24 inches each side. 3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C 840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. 1. Install board panels to minimize number of abutting end joints or avoid them entirely. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. 2. Position adjoining panels so that tapered edges abut tapered edges and field-cut edges abut field-cut edges and ends. Avoid joints at corners of framed openings. 3. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. 4. Isolate drywall construction from abutting structural and masonry work. Provide edge trim and sealant as recommended by Manufacturer. 5. Do not bridge building expansion or control joints. Leave space of the width indicated between boards, and trim both edges for installation of sealant or gasket. B. Single-Layer Non-Rated: Install gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. 1. Exception: Tapered edges to receive joint treatment at right angles to framing. C. Double-Layer Non-Rated: Use gypsum board for first layer, placed parallel to framing or furring members, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. Place second layer perpendicular to framing or furring members. Offset joints of second layer from joints of first layer. 1. Screw both layers to supports where double-layer work is indicated or otherwise required. 2. Direct Bonding: Comply with Manufacturer's recommendations where gypsum board is indicated to be directly bonded to substrate. D. Cementitious Backing Board: Install over steel framing members and plywood substrate where indicated, in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's instructions. E. Installation on Metal Framing: Use screws for attachment of all gypsum board except face layer of non-rated double-layer assemblies, which may be installed by means of adhesive lamination. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated. 1. Not more than 30 feet apart on walls and ceilings over 50 feet long. B. Corner Beads: Install at external comers, using longest practical lengths. C. Edge Trim: Install at locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials and as indicated. 3.06 JOINT TREATMENT 20 October 2010 09 2116 - 6 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. Paper Faced Gypsum Board: Use paper joint tape, bedded with ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound and finished with ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound. B. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C 840, as follows: 1. Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish or wall coverings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Level 1: Fire rated wall areas above finished ceilings, whether or not accessible in the completed ' construction. C. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and comers to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1132 inch. 2. Taping, filling, and sanding is not required at surfaces behind adhesive applied ceramic file and fixed cabinetry. D 3. Taping, filling and sanding is not required at base layer of double layer applications. Fill and finish joi t f titi d b ki b d d f . n s an corners o cemen ous ac ng as recommen oar ed by manu acturer. 3.07 IN A. TERIOR GYPSUM BOARD FINISHES Definitions: Specified levels of finish represent finishes described in consensus document entitled Recommended Specification: Levels of Gypsum Board Finish, as published by AWCI, CISCA, GA, and B PDCA. Level 0 Finish: No ta in a lied trim c i fi i hi i d . g, p pp a cessor es, or n ng requ re . s C. Level 1 Finish: ' 1. Embed joint tape in joint compound at gypsum board joints and interior angles. 2. After joint treatment, remove excess joint compound from gypsum board surfaces. 3. Apply trim accessories in corridors and other occupied areas. D. Level 2 Finish: 1. Embed joint tape in joint compound at joints and interior angles. 2. Apply separate coat of compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. 3. Remove excess joint compound from gypsum board surfaces. E. Level 3 Finish: 1. Embed joint tape in joint compound at joints and interior angles. 2. Apply two separate coats of compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, surface defects, and trim accessories. 3. Finish joint compound smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. 4. Remove excess joint compound from gypsum board and leave prepared surfaces ready to be coated with primeNsealer prior to application of final finishes. F. Level 4 Finish: ' 1. Embed joint tape in joint compound at joints and interior angles. 2. Apply three separate coats of compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, surface defects, and trim accessories. 3. Finish joint compound smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. 4. Remove excess joint compound from gypsum board and leave prepared surfaces ready to be coated with primer/sealer prior to application of final finishes. G. Level 5 Finish: 1. Embed joint tape in joint compound at joints and interior angles. 2. Apply three separate coats of compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, surface defects, and trim accessories. 3. Finish joint compound smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. 4. After joint treatment, apply skim coat of joint compound, or a material manufactured especially for this purpose, over exposed interior gypsum board surfaces. 20 October 2010 09 2116 - 7 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS tgba -Project #09009 Foot 8 Ankle Surgical Associates , Yelm MOB 5. Sand lightly, and leave prepared surfaces ready to be coated with primer/sealer prior to application of finish paint. 3.08 SCHEDULE OF INTERIOR FINISHES A. Level 0 Finish Not Used B. Level 1 Finish Plenum area above ceiling. C. Level 2 Finish Not Used. D. Level 3 Finish Not Used. E. Level 4 Finish Surfaces to receive flat paints, matte, eggshell and semi-gloss finishes. F. Level 5 Finish Curved drywall surface, or surfaces lit by wall wash or valance lighting. 3.09 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 09 2116 - 8 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 09 5100 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB PART1 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. B. Acoustical units. 1.02 RE LATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 9000 -Material Color and Pattern Standards 1.03 RE FERENCE STANDARDS A. 2006 International Building Code (IBC) B. ASTM C 635 -Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings; 2009b. C. ASTM C 636/C 636M -Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels; 2008. D. ASTM E 5801E 580M -Standard Practice for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical E Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Subject to Earthquake Ground Motions; 2009a. ASTM E 1264 ifi ti f A ti l C ili cts 2008 St d d Cl P d . . ro - an ar ass ca on or cous ca e ng u ; F. UL (FRD) -Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1 G. CISCA -Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association. Recommendations for seismic Zones 3-4. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Submittals B. Shop Drawings: Indicate grid layout and related dimensioning, junctions with other ceiling finishes, and related dimensioning and field verification dimensions. C. Product Data: Provide data on suspension system components and acoustical units. r 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide written statement ceritfying that ceiling suspension members, hangers, and spacing will safely support the entire system and reult in no deflection where supporting the specified loading. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and maximum humidity of 40 percent prior to, during, and after acoustical unit installation. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS ' A. Provide stock of each type of acoustic unit for future use. Deliver to the owner packaged and marked for identification. Furnish not less than one percent (1 °/a) of the total amount installed. B. Delivery of extra materials must include a delivery transmittal signed by the Owner acknowledging receipt of the correct type, color and quantity of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 20 October 2010 09 5100 - 1 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS tgba -Project #09009 2.01 ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc: www.armstrong.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Acoustical Units -General: ASTM E 1264, Class A. Refer to Section 01 9000. 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM(S) Il A. Manufacturers: 1. Same as for acoustical units. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Type and Finish: Formed from commercial quality cold-rolled steel, electro-zinc coated and pre-painted. Exposed cap finish, low sheen satin white. C. Components: " " 1. Main Tee: With a double web design and with a rectangular bulb, 15/16 or 9/16 exposed flange with a rolled cap; with cross tee holes at six (6} inches o.c.; with hanger wire holes at two (2) inches o.c.; with integral reversible splice. 2. Cross Tee: With double web design with a rectangular bulb; with web extending to form a positive interlock between cross tee webs; with the lower flange extended and offset. D. Suspension Systems -General: ASTM C 635; die cut and interlocking components, with stabilizer bars, clips, splices, perimeter moldings, and hold down clips as required. ^ 2.03 FURRING CHANNELS A. Shall be 1-1 /2" x 1/2" x length, 16 gauge cold rolled, galvanized or rust-resistant painted, weighing 475 lbs. per thousand lineal feet. Surfaces shall be square and channel straight and true. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, seismic requirements, and ceiling system flatness requirement specified. B. Perimeter Moldings: Same material and finish as grid. 1. At Exposed Grid: Provide L-shaped molding for mounting at same elevation as face of grid. 2. At Concealed Grid: Provide exposed L-shaped molding. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. 3.02 INSTALLATION -SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM C 636/C 636M, ASTM E 580/E 580M, and manufacturer's instructions and as supplemented in this section. B. Rigidly secure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum deflection of 1:360. C. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. D. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. Foot 8~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 20 October 2010 09 5100 - 2 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS ical Associates Foot & Ankle Sur g tgba -Project #09009 Yelm MOB ' E. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. F. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. G. Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components independently. H. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. I. Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at junctions with other interruptions. 1. Use longest practical lengths. 2. Overlap and rivet corners. J. Install light fixture boxes constructed of gypsum board above light fixtures in accordance with fire rated assembly requirements and light fixture ventilation requirements. 3.03 IN STALLATION -ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. C. D Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. com lete ili k i I it ft t ll b . p . un s a er a ove-ce ng wor s ns a E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. r F. Cutting Acoustical Units: 1. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. G. Install hold-down clips on panels within 20 ft of an exterior door. 3.04 FINISHED SURFACES A. Clean, undamaged, free of sagging, uniform appearance. All joint lines straight, continuous, bevels uniform in width. All exposed metal straight and in same plane. B. All field cut tiles to fit true and snug fully into frames, free of defects. 3.05 CORRECTION OF WORK A. Make corrections from whatever cause until acceptance of building. Correct defects thereafter which are the result of faulty materials and workmanship. Correct all work that does not meet performance requirements of this Section. END OF SECTION t 20 October 2010 09 5100 - 3 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS C. 1 t tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 09 6500 RESILIENT FLOORING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient sheet flooring. B. Resilient the flooring. C. Resilient base. D. Installation accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 9000 -Material Coior and Pattern Standards Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB B. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete: Restrictions on curing compounds for concrete slabs and floors. C. Section 03 5413 - Cementitions Floor Underlayment. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Fire Resistance Requirements: 1. Fire: Critical Radiant Flux of 0.45 watts/cm2 or more per NFPA 253 or ASTM E 648. 2. Smoke Density: NBS Smoke of 450 or Tess per ASTM E 662. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Submittals B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. C. Samples: Submit two samples, 6"x6" in size illustrating color and pattern for each resilient flooring product specified. D. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re-waxing. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect roll materials from damage by storing on end. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed. 1. Package with protective coverings for storage. 2. Label each package or container with manufacturer's name, brand, color, and room locations. B. Quantities: 1. Resilient Base: 50 linear feet of each color minimum and one box of pre-molded corners. 2. Resilient Tile: One box for each 50 boxes installed; one box minimum. 3. Sheet Vinyl: 20 sq. feet PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to Section 01 9000. 20 October 2010 09 6500 - 1 RESILIENT FLOORING tgba -Project #09009 2.02 SHEET FLOORING A. Sheet Vinly Flooring complying with requirements specified in Sheet Vinly Flooring Product Data Sheet at end of the Section. 2.03 TILE FLOORING A. Marmoleum Composition Tile (MCT): ASTM F 2195 1. Homogeneous floor covering made of promarily natural materials consisting of linseed oil, wood flour, rosin binders, dry pigments mixed and colendared onto a polysester backing. 2. Size: 13" x 13" 3. Guage:0.080" 4. Backing: Polyester 5. 2.04 RESILIENT BASE A. Rubber Wall Base: FS SS-W-40, Type I, and complying with requirements specified in Rubber Wall Base Product Data Sheet at end of this Section. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Concrete Slab Primer: Non-staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. B. Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Trowelable latex-modified Portland cement based floor fill and latex crack filler provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Adhesives: 1. Normal Use: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient flooring product and substrate conditions. D. Resilient Edge Strips: Homogeneous vinyl moldings to suit edge and transition conditions PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are flat to tolerances acceptable to flooring manufacturer, free of cracks that might telegraph through flooring, clean, dry, and free of curing compounds, surface hardeners, and other chemicals that might interfere with bonding of flooring to substrate. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive resilient base. C. Verify that concrete sub-floor surfaces are dry enough and ready for resilient flooring installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity in accordance with ASTM F 710; obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer and adhesive materials manufacturer. D. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare sub-floor surfaces as recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers. B. Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub-floor filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. C. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. D. Clean substrate. 3.03 INSTALLATION Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB t 20 October 2010 09 6500 - 2 RESILIENT FLOORING tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of sub-floor conditions. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. D. Fit joints tightly. E. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. F. Where type of floor finish, pattern, or color are different on opposite sides of door, terminate flooring under centerline of door. G. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, where flooring terminates, and where indicated. H. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. 3.04 SHEET FLOORING A. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to longer room dimensions, to produce minimum number of seams. Lay out seams to avoid widths less than 1 /3 of roll width; match patterns carefully at seams. B. Double cut sheet at seams. C. Lay flooring with tightly butted seams, without any seam sealer. 3.05 TILE FLOORING A. Mix file from container to ensure shade variations are consistent when file is placed, unless manufacturer's instructions say othervvise. B. Lay file flooring from center marks established with principle walls; adjust as required to avoid use of cut units less than one-half file wide at perimeters. 1. Match tiles for color and pattern by using in manufactured and packaged sequence. 2. Lay file in "checkerboard" pattern with grain reversed in adjacent tiles. 3. Press file firmly to adhesive and butt to adjacent tile. 4. Roll with 100-pound roller; remove excess adhesive, 5. When floor is completed, roll again. 3.06 RESILIENT BASE A. Fit joints tightly and make vertical. Maintain minimum dimension of 18 inches between joints. B. install base on solid backing. Bond tightly to wail and floor surfaces. C. Do not apply wall base to finished wood veneer casework that finishes flush to the floor. D. Apply wall base in toe space under all new casework. E. Mitered outside corners not acceptable. 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Allow flooring installation to set for at least five days before washing. D. Clean floor with a damp mop and mild detergent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Apply protective finish treatment in accordance with flooring manufacturer's instructions where recommended or required. 3.0$ PROTECTfOfV 20 October 2010 09 6500 - 3 RESILIENT FLOORING tgba -Project #09009 A. Prohibit traffic on resilient flooring for 48 hours after installation. 3.09 PRODUCT DATA INFORMATION A. Rubber Wall Base Product Data Sheet 1. Base Finish Designation: RB 2. Style: Cove with topset toe (Style B). 3. Thickness: 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). 4. Height: 4 inches except where otherwise indicated. 5. Inside Corners: Pre-molded or formed on job. 6. Outside Corners: Pre-molded, with minimum 2.5-inch returns. 7. Colors: See Section 01 9000. B. Sheet Vinyl Product Data Sheet 1. Floor Covering Designation: SV 2. Style 8~ Color: See Section 01 9000. 3. Base: Resilient base ar cove; see finish schedule for locations. 4. Seams: Heat welded per manufacturer's recommendation. C. Vinyl Transition Strips Product Data Sheet 1. Manufacturer: To be selected. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturers Standard range of colors. 3. Tile/Carpet Joiner: To be selected. 4. Carpet Reducer: To be selected. 5. Tile Reducer: To be selected. Others: As selected from standard vinyl accessories. END OF SECTION Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1 [~ 20 October 2010 09 6500 - 4 RESILIENT FLOORING tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 09 6813 TILE CARPETING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Carpet tile, fully adhered. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 9000 -Material Color and Pattern Standards Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB B. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete: Restrictions on curing compounds for concrete slabs and floors. C. Section 03 5413 - Cementitions Floor Underlayment 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of joints. C. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; sizes, patterns, colors available, and method of installation. D. Samples: Submit two carpet tiles illustrating color and pattern design for each carpet color selected. E. Submit two, 6 inch long samples of edge strip. F. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning. G. Extra Carpet Tiles: Quantity equal to 5 percent of total installed of each color and pattern installed. 1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Store materials in area of installation for minimum period of 24 hours prior to installation. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver to project at least five percent overrun on calculated yardage. B. Provide required overrun exclusive of carpet needed for proper installation, waste and usable scraps. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to Section 01 9000. I B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Carpet Tile: Tufted multi level loop, manufactured in one color dye lot, 100%High Abrasive Nylon. 1. See Section 01 9000 2. Secondary Backing Material: Friberglass Reinfoced Vinyl. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Rubber Base: 1. Base as specified in Section 09 6500 -Resilient Flooring 1 20 October 2010 09 6813 - 1 TILE CARPETING tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yeim MOB B. Edge Strips: AT Satin Nickle, Anodized Aluminum color. 1. Specialist Floor Trims - a. cunreline C. Adhesives: Acceptable to carpet file manufacturer, compatible with materials being adhered; maximum VOC content as specified in Section 01 6116. D. Adhesive: Exterior: Two part epoxy system; secure to sub floor. E. Adhesives: Acceptable to carpet file manufacturer, BR 200 EnviroFlex Carpet Tile Adhesive PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive carpet tile. B. Verify that concrete sub-floor surfaces are dry enough and ready for flooring installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity in accordance with ASTM F 710; obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by carpet file manufacturer and adhesive materials manufacturer. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor or local low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub-floor filler. B. Apply, trowel, and float filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. C. Vacuum clean substrate. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of sub-floor conditions. B. Install carpet file in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and CRI Carpet Installation Standard. C. Install carpet file in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and CRI 104. D. Blend carpet from different cartons to ensure minimal variation in color match. E. Cut carpet file clean. Fit carpet tight to intersection with vertical surfaces without gaps. F. Lay carpet file in square pattern, with pile direction parallel to next unit, set parallel to building lines. G. Fully adhere carpet file to substrate. H. Trim carpet file neatly at walls and around interruptions. I. Complete installation of edge strips, concealing exposed edges. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive without damage, from floor, base, and wall surfaces. B. Clean and vacuum carpet surfaces. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 09 6813 - 2 TILE CARPETING tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 09 9000 Foot 8 Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB PAINTING AND COATING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Surf c r r ti n . . a e p epa a o B. Field application of paints, stains, varnishes, and other coatings. C. Scope: Finish all interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items fully factory-finished unless specifically so indicated; materials and products having ' factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5. Floors, unless specifically so indicated. 6. Glass. 7. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 9000 -Material Color and Pattern Standards 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D 16 -Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2008. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. B See Section 01 3300 -Submittals. VOC content di P P id ll fi i hi i l d t D t d t d t . . ro uc a: rov e a a on a n ng pro uc nc u ng a s s, C. Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide two samples 4 inches by 8 inches of each color and material ' to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate; define each separate coat, including primers. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture is achieved. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as the finish coats. B. Coordination of Work: 1. Review sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total systems for various substrates. I 2. Notify Architect of problems anticipated using materials specified. C. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best quality trade sale type paint material of various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply that products named are required or to exclude equal products of other manufacturers. 2. Federal Specifications establish minimum quality level for paint materials, except where other product identification is used. 3. Products that comply with performance requirements of applicable Federal Specifications, yet differ 20 October 2010 09 9000 - 1 PAINTING AND COATING t b P t #09009 g a - rojec Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB in composition, may be considered for use when acceptable to Architect. Furnish material data and manufacturer's certificate of performance to Architect for proposed substitutions. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges , required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of , substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. D. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. 1.08 EXTRA STOCK A. Furnish one properly labeled and sealed gallon for each type of finish coat of each color taken from , batch mix furnished for work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide all paint and coating products from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent possible. B. Paints: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co 2. Rudda Paint 3. Sherwin Williams C. Refer to Section 01 9000 for color and finishes. D. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS -GENERAL A. Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, unless intended to be afield-catalyzed coating. 1. Provide paints and coatings of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2. Supply each coating material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute coatings or add materials to coatings unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. B. Primers: Where the manufacturer offers options on primers for a particular substrate, use primer categorized as "best" by the manufacturer. 20 October 2010 09 9000 - 2 PAINTING AND COATING tgba -Project #09009 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with requirements. Do not begin application until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and items in place that are not to be painted, or provide protection prior to surface preparation and painting. 1. Remove items if necessary for complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. 2. Following completion of painting, reinstall items removed using workmen skilled in trades involved. C. Clean surfaces before applying paint or surface treatments. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. D. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition. 1. Notify Architect in writing of anticipated problems when using specified finish coat material with substrates primed by others. 2. Cementitious Surfaces: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry, cement plaster, and similar surfaces to be painted by removing efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. a. Use abrasive blast cleaning if recommended by paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be painted. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions. 3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, or other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper as required. a. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth, and dust off. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. c. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery. 4. Ferrous Metal: Clean non-galvanized ferrous metal surfaces that have not been shop-coated. a. Remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances. b. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). c. Touch up shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged, and bare areas. Wire-brush, clean with solvents and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. 5. Shop-Coated Ferrous Metal: Surfaces shall be thoroughly degreased and cleaned using solvent (SSPC-SP 1). Remove any loose rust, blistered and peeling paint to bare metal by scraping, sanding, wire brushing, or other abrasion methods in accordance with SSPC-SP 2 or SP 3. Clean and spot prime field connections, welds, soldered joints, burned or abraded portions, rust areas, and bare metal with an approved type non-lifting metal primer. Feather edges of sound primer prior to spot priming. 6. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with non-petroleum based solvents so that surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock, by mechanical methods. 7. Aluminum Surfaces: a. Remove oil, grease, dirt, oxide, and other foreign material by solvent cleaning per SSPC-SP 1. b. Neatly mask surfaces not to be coated before applying first coat of etching wash primer. c. Apply etching wash primer shortly before applying regular primer. Reapply wash primer when excessive time elapses between coatings. E. Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 1. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain before using. 2. Use only thinners approved by manufacturer, and only within recommended limits. 20 October 2010 09 9000 - 3 PAINTING AND COATING tgba -Project #09009 3.02 PAINT APPLICATION A. Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in "schedules." 2. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 3. Number of coats and film thickness required is same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured. Sand between applications where required to produce a smooth, even surface. 4. Apply additional coats when undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. 5. Term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in items are in place. Extend coatings in these areas to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. a. Paint backsides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. , b. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop-primed. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first-coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise ' prepared for painting as soon as practicable, and before subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not re-coat until paint has dried. C. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of system as indicated or recommended by the manufacturer. D. Texture: Light stippled texture, minimum texture required to achieve a uniform finish. E. Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat as recommended by manufacturer to material required to be painted or finished, and has not been prime coated by others. Re-coat primed and sealed substrates where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in the first coat to , assure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. F. Brush Application: Brush-out and work brush coats into surfaces in an even film. Eliminate cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Draw neat glass lines and color breaks. G. Mechanical Applications: Use mechanical methods for paint application when permitted by manufacturer's recommendations, governing ordinances, and trade union regulations. 1. Wherever spray application is used, apply each coat to provide equivalent hiding of brush-applied coats. 2. Do not double-back with spray equipment, building-up film thickness of two coats in one pass, unless recommended by manufacturer. H. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner reserves right to engage services of independent testing laboratory to sample paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to project will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in presence of Contractor. 1. Testing laboratory will perform appropriate tests as required by Owner. 2. If tests show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, Contractor may be directed to stop painting and remove non-complying paint, pay for testing, repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint, and remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces, if, upon repainting with specified paint, two coatings are non-compatible. 3.04 CLEANING A. At end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 20 October 2010 09 9000 - 4 PAINTING AND COATING tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB f 1 site. B. Upon completion of painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing, scraping, or other proper methods using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. D. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations. E. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch-up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. F. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finished coatings until completion of project. B. Touch-up damaged coatings after Substantial Completion. 3.06 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Drywall System (Walls and Ceilings) -Eggshell Finish: Three coats, with total dry film thickness not less than 5.0 mils. 1. Primer: S-W ProMar 200 Latex Wall Primer, 628W200 (FS TT-P-650 Type 1). 2. First and Second Finish Coats: S-W ProMar 200 Latex Egg-Shell Enamel, 620W200 Series. B. Gypsum Board: Water-based Epoxy System - 1. First Coat: Latex Wall Primer at 1.4 mils DFT. 2. Second Coat: Semi-Gloss Water-base Epoxy Coating at 1.5 mils DFT. 3. Third Coat: Semi-Gloss Water-base Epoxy Coating at 1.5 mils DFT C. Ferrous Metal -Semi-Gloss Alkyd Enamel: Two finish coats over primer, with total dry film thickness not less than 5.0 mils. 1. Primer: S-W Universal Metal Primer, 850N6 (FS TT-P-684). Primer is not required on items delivered shop primed. 2. Undercoat: S-W ProMar 200 Enamel Undercoat, B49W200 (FS TT-E-545). 3. Finish Coat: S-W ProMar200 Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel, 634W200 (FS TT-E-509). D. Zinc Coated Metal -Semi-Gloss Alkyd Enamel: Two finish coats over primer, with total dry film thickness not less than 5.0 mils. 1. Primer: S-W Galvite Metal Primer, B50W3 (FS TT-P-641). 2. Undercoat: S-W ProMar 200 Enamel Undercoat, 649W200 (FS TT-E-545). 3. Finish Coat: S-W ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel, 634W200 (FS TT-E-509). 3.07 EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS A. Exterior Galvanized and Non-Ferrous Metals B. Exterior Architectural Steel 1. Finish: Gloss 2. Overall coating Mil Thickness: 6.0 dry mils in addition to the shop applied primer 3. Two Finish Coats: Hi-Build Aliphatic Polyurethane B65 Series / 660V2 4. (Dry mil thickness - 3.0 mils per coat) a. Note: Topcoat shall be applied within 90 days of application of shop primer. C. Exterior Soffit Board -Acrylic Latex 20 October 2010 09 9000 - 5 PAINTING AND COATING tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1. Two Finish Coats: A-100 Exterior Acrylic Latex 622 Series 2. (Coverage rate - 350-400 sq. ft. per gallon each coat.) END OF SECTION 1 1 L' 1 20 October 2010 09 9000 - 6 PAINTING AND COATING tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB i~ ii PART"1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Room and door signs. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK SECTION 10 1400 SIGNAGE A. Provide miscellaneous specialty fabricated and manufactured items of equipment or work as specified hereinafter and installed as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI/ICC A117.1 -American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2003. B. ATBCB ADAAG -Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines; 2002. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Submittals. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed product literature for each type of sign, indicating sign styles, font, foreground and background colors, locations, overall dimensions of each sign. C. Samples: Submit two samples of each type of sign, of size similar to that required for project, ' illustrating sign style, font, and method of attachment. D. Verification Samples: Submit samples showing colors specified. ' 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package signs as required to prevent damage before installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MANUFACTURERS . A. Davson (A. Davenport) B. Vista System C. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 SIGNAGE APPLICATIONS A. Accessibility Compliance: All signs are required to comply with ADAAG and ANSI/ICC A 117.1 and applicable building codes, unless otherwise indicated; in the event of conflicting requirements, comply with the most comprehensive and specific requirements. B. Type: Acrylic Plexiglas, 118" thickness with integral permanent color lettering in contrasting color; matte ' finish. C. Lettering: Type image shall be fused under pressure of .005" depth; black. D. Letter Style: Helvetica medium, upper case. Face strokes shall not be less than 1/4" for largest letters. E. Braille: Provide Grade 2 Braille Text separated from the corresponding raised characters on all signs identifying rooms. 20 October 2010 ' 10 1400 - 1 SIGNAGE tgba -Project #09009 F. Signs required: 1. Toilets G. Mounting Location: Signs that identify rooms shall be mounted on the wall adjacent to the strike jamb of the door, centered at 60" above the floor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Surfaces of fastening devices exposed after installation shall have the same finish as the attached accessory. Exposed screw heads shall be non-removable type. Installed location and height of accessories shall be approximately as indicated on the drawings. Exposed surfaces shall be protected by strippable plastic or other means until the installation is accepted. The accessory manufacturer's mounting details shall be coordinated with other trades as the work progresses. All brackets, plates, anchoring devices and similar items used far mounting in wet areas shall be bedded in a silicone or other sealant as they are set to provide a watertight installation. B. Mount surface-mounted accessories on concealed backplates, except where shown otherwise. Accessory backplates shall have concealed fasteners. Install accessories except if indicated otherwise, with sheet metal screws or wood screws in Teflon or neoprene sleeves and expansion shields with toggle bolts, or other approved fasteners. C. Install on backplates in same manner. All accessories mounted on gypsum board walls without solid backing shall be fastened into metal backplates secured to studs. END OF SECTION Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates 1 Yelm MOB 20 October 2010 10 1400 - 2 SIGNAGE tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 10 2800 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Accessories for toilet rooms and throughout clinic. B. Grab bars. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Submittals Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product literature and catalog cuts may be substituted for shop drawings, provided that they contain all required information and proposed items are clearly identified. C. Shop Drawings: Show materials, equipment, connections and anchorages or fastenings to building construction; include details of fabrication and installation of items indicating relationship of, or attachment with adjoining building construction. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A, Products listed are made by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., or as noted. B. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Accessories -General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. B. Keys: Provide 4 keys for each accessory; master key all lockable accessories. C. Mirror Glass: Float glass, ASTM C 1036 Type I, Class 1, Quality Q2, with silvering, copper coating, and suitable protective organic coating to copper backing in accordance with GSA CID A-A-3002. 2.03 FINISHES A. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin brushed finish, unless otherwise noted. 2.04 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A. Toilet Paper Dispenser: Double roll, surface mounted bracket type,. 1. Product: B-6867 manufactured by Bobrick. B. Seat Cover Dispenser: Stainless steel, recessed, reloading by concealed opening at base, tumbler lock. 1. Product: B-3013 manufactured by Bobrick. C. Grab Bars: Stainless steel, 1-1/4 inches outside diameter, minimum 0.05 inch wall thickness, nonslip grasping surface finish, concealed flange mounting; 1-1/2 inches clearance between wall and inside of grab bar. 1. Length: 18, 36, and 48 inches. 2. Product: 86806.99 manufactured by Bobrick. D. Coat Hook: Satin-finish stainless steel, threaded flange concealed mounting plate 1. Product: B-542 manufactured by Bobrick. 20 October 2010 10 2800 - 1 TOILET ACCESSORIES tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. C. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. C. Mounting Heights and Locations: As required by accessibility regulations and as indicated on drawings END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 10 2800 - 2 TOILET ACCESSORIES tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 104400 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire extinguishers. B. Fire extinguisher cabinets. Foot & Ankie Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Woad blocking product and execution requirements. B. Section 09 2116 -Gypsum Board Systems 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 10 -Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; 2010. B. UL (FPED) -Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Submittals ' B. Product Data: Provide catolog cuts. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special criteria and wall opening coordination requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fire Extinguishers: 1. JL Industries, Inc; Product "Cosmic 5E", UL Rated 2A-10 BC: www.jlindustries.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets: 1. J.L. Industries Cosmopolitian, or approved; semi-recessed stainless steel with #4 satin finish. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. i 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers -General: Comply with product requirements of NFPA 10 and applicable codes, whichever is more stringent. 1. Provide extinguishers labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Metal: Formed aluminum. B. Cabinet Configuration: Semi-Recessed, Alum Trim and Door, with Clear Acrylic Vision Slot PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. ~ B. Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located. 20 October 2010 10 4400 - 1 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install cabinets plumb and level in wall openings, 30 inches from finished floor to inside bottom of cabinet U.N.O. C. Secure rigidly in place. D. Place extinguishers and accessories in cabinets. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 10 4400 - 2 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB II L..r 1I~ L~ u I~ J r u PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 11 9010 EQUIPMENT A. Related Sections: For rough-ins and connections to building services for equipment, See Division 22, 23, and 26. B. Work by others: Certain items of equipment are to be fumished by the Owner for installation by the Contractor. Such items are either existing in the facility or are to be purchased under separate contract and are designated on drawings by the abbreviation "FOIC", meaning "Furnished by Owner, but Installed by Contractor". In the case of newly purchased equipment, the items will be delivered to the job site loading dock or such other location as may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the Owner. In the case of presently installed and existing equipment, make arrangements with the Owner for their relocation and re-installation. The Contractor shall assume custody and responsibility for all equipment to be installed by him after inspecting same and determining That the items are complete and in an acceptable condition for installation. C. New equipment, Furnished and Installed by Contractor (FIC). Contractor to furnish and installation includes uncrating, setting in place, building-in, leveling, and attaching to building construction as required, making any mechanical and electrical connections required and leaving same in an operable condition satisfactory to the Architect at the time of acceptance of the work. D. New equipment, Furnished by Vendor, Installed by Contractor (FVIC). Installation includes uncrating, setting in place, building-in, leveling, and attaching to building construction as required, making any mechanical and electrical connections required and leaving same in an operable condition satisfactory to the Architect at the time of acceptance of the work. E. Existing equipment Furnished by Owner, Installed by Contractor (FDIC). Installation includes disconnection of equipment from present building services, transportation of the equipment from its present location to the new location indicated on drawings, setting in place, building-in, leveling and attaching to building construction, as required, making any mechanical and electrical connections required, and leaving same in an operable condition satisfactory to the Architect at the time of acceptance of the work. F. Owner-Furnished 8~ Installed Equipment (FIO). Coordinate requirements with Owner and provide accurately located rough-ins, supports, and anchors in accordance with installation data furnished by Owner. G. Equipment Furnished and Installed by Vendor (FIV). Coordinate requirements with Vendor and provide accurately located rough-ins, supports, and anchors in accordance with the requirements of the Vendor. H. Coordination: Coordinate times and facilities required for the installation or re-installation with the Owner; disrupt no existing services without the prior approval of the Owner; perform all work at times and in manner convenient for the Owner allowing minimum disruption of the Owner's activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Equipment Schedule A. See Appendix 'A'. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 11 9010 - 1 EQUIPMENT tgba -Project #09009 root & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB u e PAR71 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 13 4900 RADIATION PROTECTION A. Section includes: 1. Lead backed gypsum board. 2. Lead backed gypsum veneer base. 3. Lead sheet accessories. 4. Gypsum panel fasteners. 5. Lead lined flush wood doors. 6. Lead lined steel telescopic view window frames. 7. Lead lined steel cassette transfer cabinets. 8. Lead lined steel light proof door louvers. 9. Radiation resistant glass. 10. Radiation resistant plastic glazing. 11. Glazing accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ~ ,o, 1 1 1 1 A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry B. Section 06 4100 -Architectural Wood Casework C. Section 08 1113 -Hollow Metal Doors and Frames D. Section 08 1416 -Flush Wood Doors E. Section 08 7100 -Door Hardware F. Section 08 8000 -Glass and Glazing G. Section 09 2116 -Gypsum Board Systems H. Section 09 9000 -Painting and Coating A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM A 366, Standard Specification for Steef, Carbon, Cold-Rotted Sheet, Commercial Quality. 2. ASTM A 568, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel, Carbon and High Strength Low-Allow Hot Rolled Sheet and Cold-Rolled Sheet. 3. ASTM A 569, Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.25 Maximum, Percent), Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial quality. 4. ASTM C 36, Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard. 5. ASTM C 514, Standard Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Wallboard. 6. ASTM C 557, Standard Specification for Adhesives for Fasting Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing. 7. ASTM C 588, Standard Specification for Gypsum Base for Veneer Plasters. 8. ASTM C 840, Standard Specification for Application and finishing of Gypsum Board. 9. ASTM C 844, Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Base to Reeeive Gypsum Veneer Plaster. 10. ASTM C 1002, Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board. 11. ASTM C 1036, Standard Specification for Flat Glass. 12. ASTM E 152, Standard Methods for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 13. Architectural Woodwork Institute: a. AWI, Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards. 20 October 2010 13 4900 - 1 RADIATION PROTECTION tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 14. Federal Specifications of the General Services Administration: a. FS QQ-L-201 f, Lead Sheet. 15. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers: a. NAAMM Standard CHM 1, Recommended Architectural Specifications for Custom Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 16. National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements: a. NCRP Report No. 49, Structural Shielding Design and Evaluation for Medial Use of X-rays and Gamma Rays of Energies up to 10 MeV. b. NCRP Report No. 51, Radiation Protection Design Guidelines for 100 MeV Particle Accelerator Facilities. c. NCRP Report No. 79, Neutron Contamination From Medical Electron Accelerators. d. NCRP Report No 105, Radiation Protection for Medical and Allied Health Personnel. 17. National Fire Protection Association: a. NFPA Standard No. 80, Fire Doors and Windows. b. NFPA Standard No. 101, Life Safety Code 18. National Wood Window and Door Association: a. NWWDA, Industry Standard I.S. 1A, Flush Wood Doors. 19. Steel Door Institute: a. SDI 100, Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Radiation design requirements: 1. Installed radiation protection materials shall comply with National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements, NCRP Report No. 49 for diagnostic rooms. 2. Electrical installer shall install electrical boxes centered between studs and connect conduit at the top of electrical boxes, where possible at walls with lead lining. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: 1. Submit product data for glazing panels and lead lined doors, wall panels, telescopic view window frames, cassette transfer cabinets, and light proof door louvers. 2. Architect will review for conformance with the design concept only. 3. Shop drawings: a. Submit shop drawings of lead lined steel doorframes, telescopic view window frames, cassette transfer cabinets, and Tight proof door louvers. 4. Certificates: a. Submit Certificate from door manufacturer indicating that lead lined door(s) meet(s) requirements specified in this Section. 5. Door hardware submittals: a. Lead lined door hardware supplier shall submit to Contractor, one copy of reviewed hardware schedule and templates for hardware requiring door preparation. b. Steel doorframe supplier shall furnish to Contractor, one copy of reviewed shop drawings that include, exact location and size of hardware preparations in steel door frames. 6. Site inspection report: a. Radiation shielding inspector shall submit one copy of site inspection report to the (Contractor) (Architect) (Owner) within 10 days after site inspection of exposed radiation resistant assemblies. b. Indicate sheet lead nominal weights installed and location of defective laps, fastener tabs, and penetration covers. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications: 1. Installer shall have a minimum of three years experience in installing radiation protection materials. 20 October 2010 13 4900 - 2 RADIATION PROTECTION tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB ' 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing and shipping: ' 1. Pack wood doors with slip-sheets. 2. Acceptance at site: a. Uncrate and examine radiation-shielding materials upon delivery. b. Submit a report of damaged or missing materials to the carrier, within 24 hours after delivery. 3. Storage and protection: a. Store materials in dry and ventilated area. b. Cover materials with vapor retarder and stare not less than 3 inches above concrete floor ' slabs. c. Protect material surfaces from mechanical damage. d. Comply with AW I Quality Standards, Section 1300-G-8 for handling doors. ' 1.08 SITE CONDITIONS A. Temperature and humidity requirements: ' 1. Do not install gypsum panels and wood doors until the ambient air temperature remains above 55 degrees F. 2. Maintain relative humidity between 30 and 60 percent after delivery of doors. 1.09 SCHEDULING A. Installation schedule: 1. Schedule installation of lead sheet batten strips prior to installation of lead backed gypsum panels. ' 2. Schedule installation of lead backed gypsum panels and site inspection by radiation shielding inspector prior to installation of gypsum panels on the backside of new interior partitions. 1.10 WARRANTY ' A. Special wood door warranty: 1. Furnish manufacturer's standard one-year warranty for lead lined wood doors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DISTRIBUTORS A. Lead backed gypsum panels and flush wood doors: ' 1. Wave Barriers, Beaverton, Or. 503-526-9380, 1-800-498-1460, FAX 503-526-7631. 2. Lead lined steel telescopic view window frames, cassette transfer cabinets, light proof door louvers: a. Wave Barriers, Beaverton, OR. 503-526-9380, 1-800-498-1460, FAX 503-526-7631. 3. Radiation resistant glazing: a. Wave Barriers, Beaverton, OR. 503-526-9380, 1-800-498-1460, FAX 503-526-7631. 4. Other distributors: ' a. Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. b. Comply with requirements in Section 01 6000 2.02 COMPONENTS ' A. Lead backed gypsum board panels: 1. Type:ASTM C 36, long edges tapered and round or beveled, Type X gypsum core, with lead sheet backing meeting FS QQ-L-201, Grade C. ' 2. Gypsum Panel Thickness: As indicated on drawings. 3. Lead Sheet Thickness: As indicated on drawings. 4. Lead Sheet Accessories: ' a. Industry standard for lead sheet: FS QQ-L-201, Grade C. b. Batten Strips: 1) Thickness: Same thickness or greater than thickness of lead sheet on back face of adjacent wall panels. ' 20 October 2010 13 4900 - 3 RADIATION PROTECTION tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates , Yelm MOB 2) Size: 2 inches wide, 7 feet long. c. Wall penetration covers: 1) Thickness: Same thickness or greater than thickness of lead sheet on back face of adjacent wall panels. 2) Size: As required for not less than 1-inch wide lap with lead sheet on back face of adjacent wall panels. 3) Optional Source: At contractor's option, lead sheet may be removed from the back face of excess lead backed wall panels for use as wall penetration covers. d. Fastener tabs: 1) Thickness: Same thickness or greater than thickness of lead sheet on back face of adjacent wall panels. 2) Size: Not less than 1 inch wide by 2 inches long. 3) (Fastener Tabs used for screw application of gypsum panels to steel studs without batten strips and for all wood studs.) e. Door jamb lining: 1 } Thickness: Same thickness or greater than thickness of lead sheet on back face of adjacent wall panels. 2) Size: 7 feet long by width indicated on drawings. 3) (Retain above for doors 7 feet or more in height, retain below for doors less than 7 feet high.) f. Door frame lining: 1) Thickness: Same thickness or greater than thickness of lead sheet on back face of adjacent wall panels. 2) Size: Continuous length at head and jamb, 3 pieces with 1 inch laps at frame corners, in width indicated on drawings. g. Lockset rose and knob lining: 1) Thickness: Same thickness or greater than thickness or lead sheet within adjacent door. 2} Size: As required to fill lockset rose and knob. 5. Gypsum panel fasteners: a. Screws: ASTM C 1002, 1 inch long, and bugle head. b. Adhesive: ASTM C 557. 6. Radiation shielding Glass: a. Glass Type: Polished radiation shielding glass containing not less than 50 percent lead oxide. b. Glass Quality: 1 } Surface: Mirror polished. 2} Gaseous Inclusions: Isolated inclusions up to 0.50 mm in size are allowed but not in a position to cause distraction. c. Glass Thickness: 1/4 or 5/16 inch. (6.5 mm to 8.0 mm nominal with a tolerance of +0 to -2 mm. } ' d. Lead Equivalency of Glass: as noted on drawings. 7. Glazing accessories: a. Setting Blocks: Solid Neoprene, 80 to 90 Shore A hardness. b. Glazing Tape: Foam neoprene, polyethylene, or polyvinyl chloride. 2.03 LEAD LINED FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Industry standards: 1. Grade: AW I Premium. 2. Special Function: AWI LL, Lead Lined. 3. 20 Minute Fire Rated Doors: Comply with AW I FD 1/3, and NFPA 80 and NFPA 101, with 20 minute fire label by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. orWarnock-Hersey International. B. Door construction: 1. Core: Solid particleboard, AWI PC-7. 2. Face Veneer: see 01 9000. 20 October 2010 13 4900 - 4 RADIATION PROTECTION tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB ' 3. Lead Sheet Lining: Lead sheet thickness matching thickness or lead in wall at doorjambs. 4. (Fire rated doors with lead sheet lining are normally more than 1-3/4 inches thick, verify door ' thickness with door distributor and select one of the following.) 5. Thickness: 1-7/8 inches. 6. Vision Panel Glazing: Radiation shielding glass. 7. Vision Panel Frame: Fire rated steel assembly. 8. Finish Comply with requirements in Section 08 1416, Flush Wood Doors. C. Door fitting requirements: 1. Space between door and frame at vertical edges and top: 1/8 inch. ' 2. Space at door bottom: 1 /2 inch. 3. Bevel at door edges: 1/8 inch in 2 inches. ' 2.04 LEAD LINED STEEL TELESCOPIC VIEW WINDOW FRAMES A. Frame components: 1. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 568 and ASTM A 366, Commercial quality, cold-rolled carbon steel sheet, 16 ' gauge. 2. Lead Sheet Lining: FS QQ-L-201, Grade C, single unpierced strip, 1/16 inch thick, except where thicker lead sheet lining is indicated on drawings. 3. Fabrication requirements: - a. Frame Profile: 2 inches wide with 7/16-inch high integral fixed stop. b. Applied Stop: 16 gauge cold rolled steel, 7/16 inch high, 1 inch wide. c. Frame Construction: Two telescoping steel frames with continuous welded corner seams and lead sheet applied with adhesive to inside face. d. Shop Prime Finish: Shop prime frame surfaces with manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive primer. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION ' A. Verification of surfaces: 1. Examine areas and conditions under which radiation protection materials are to be installed. 2. Correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. ' 3. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 4. Starting work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. 5. Shop of field machining wood doors: a. Shop or field machine wood door for door hardware to match templates furnished by door hardware supplier with spacing compatible with location of steel frame hardware preparation. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF RADIATION RESISTANT WALL ASSEMBLIES ' A. Locating studs at primary beam wall: 1. Prior to installing studs in radiation resistant rooms, obtain the exact location of the primary beam centerline at the primary beam wall, and mark the location with a chalk line on the floor. 2. At the primary beam wall, install one stud 8 inches on each side of the primary beam centerline and install the remaining studs at 16 inches on center on each side of the installed studs. 3. Installation of lead battens on steel studs: a. Install 2-inch wide lead battens on studs as detailed from floor to 7 feet above floor, on each ' stud. b. Screw lead battens to steel studs at 12 inches on center. 4. Installation of lead backed gypsum board: a. Comply with Gypsum Association Specifications GA-216 and ASTM C 840. b. Install lead backed gypsum board with long edges vertical to not less than 7 feet high. c. Install lead backed gypsum board within 1/4 inch of adjacent floor. ' d. Screw lead backed gypsum board to steel framing members at 8 inches on center at pane! ' 20 October 2010 13 4900 - 5 RADIATION PROTECTION tgba -Project #09009 Foot 8~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB edges and 12 inches on center in field or panel. e. Install lead sheet fastener tabs at each screw where steel studs are installed without lead battens. 5. Installation of steel door frames: a. Adhesive supply lead lining in doorjambs from floor to 7 feet above floor as detailed. b. Comply with Section 08110, Steel Doors and Frames for installation and anchorage of doorframes. 6. Installation of wood doors and door hardware: a. Comply with requirements in AW I duality Standards, Section 17 0000. b. Comply with requirements in Section 08 1416, Flush Wood Doors for installation of lead lined wood doors. c. Comply with requirements in Section 08 416, Flush Door Hardware for installation of door hardware. Installation of lead lined steel telescopic view window frames: a. Set unleaded side of frame plumb and square in wall opening on control room side of wall with shims. b. Set leaded side of frame plumb and square in wall opening on X-ray side of wall. c. Compress sides together against faces of wall. d. Install setting blocks, shims, and glazing tape in glazing channel to prevent glass from touching the steel frame. e. Install radiation resistant glazing in telescopic frame. f. Place steel stops in position and mark location of stop/frame retaining holes on steel frame. g. Remove glazing and drill holes in steel frame. h. Place glazing and stops and hand drive the setting screws. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF WALL PENETRATION COVERS A. Cutting wall penetration covers: 1. Cut wall penetration covers from lead sheet of equal or greater thickness than backing on adjacent wall panels. 2. Cut wall penetration covers to size required to cover wall penetrations with all laps one inch minimum wide as indicated on penetration detail drawings. 3. Installation of wall penetration covers at boxes and raceways: a. Install penetrating wall boxes and raceways centered between studs using steel telescoping mounting brackets. b. Adhesive apply lead sheet penetration covers on penetrating boxes and raceways and return penetration covers to backside of lead backed wall panels with 1 inch minimum laps. 4. Installation of wall penetration covers at duct penetrations with 8 psf or less lead sheet: a. Wrap ducts with wall penetration covers, lapping lead joints 1-inch minimum. b. Secure lead sheet in place with 1-inch minimum width steel bands spaced not more than 12 inches on center. c. Do not cut into lead sheet when tightening steel bands. 5. Installation of wall penetration covers at duct penetrations with greater than 8 psf lead sheet and where duct shielding exceeds 24 inches in width: a. Laminate wall penetration covers to plywood or other similar structural panels conforming to shape of duct, lapping lead joints 1-inch minimum. b. Secure lead laminated panels to ducts with mechanical fasteners located at duct seams and corners. c. Where necessary to prevent lead-laminated panels from overloading duct supports, independently suspend panels from hangers secured to overhead building structure. d. Cover fastener heads with lead sheet matching thickness of adjacent lead. 6. Installation of pipe penetrations in walls and ceilings: a. Wrap pipe with wall penetration covers lapping lead joints 1-inch minimum. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF RADIATION RESISTANT FLOOR COVERINGS 20 October 2010 13 4900 - 6 RADIATION PROTECTION tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. Location: 1. Unless otherwise specified, the floor covering should be located under the X-ray table, be equal in area to the tabletop plus and added border of 18 inches on all four sides. 2. The floor shielding can be located on or under the floor surface or incorporated into the floor material. 3. Separate lead shielding from green concrete with a stainless steel plate. 3.05 COMPLETION A. Site Inspection: 1. Prior to applying gypsum panels to back face of radiation resistant interior walls, employ a qualified radiation shielding inspector for field inspection of installed radiation resistant materials. B. Adjusting Defective Work: 1. Repair and replace work found defective by radiation shielding inspector or testing by qualified health physicist. 2. Repair or replace products and surfaces damaged by work in this Section. C. Final Cleaning: 1. Remove excess materials from the site and leave work areas broom clean. 2. Leave exposed surfaces ready for site finishing. D. Protection of Installed Work: 1. Tape temporary paper signs on radiation resistant walls with the following text: "DO NOT MOUNT EQUIPMENT ON THIS WALL WITHOUT COVERING PENETRATING FASTENERS WITH LEAD SHEET OF THICKNESS REQUIRED BY ORIGINAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS." 3.06 SCHEDULE OF COMMERCIAL LEAD SHIELDING THICKNESS AND WEIGHT Thickness (MM) Thickness (inches) Weight in Pounds per SF A. 0.79 1 !32 2 B. 1.00 5/128 2 1 /2 C. 1.19 3/64 3 D. 1.58 1/16 4 E. 1.98 5/64 5 F. 2.38 3/32 6 G. 3.00 -- 7 H. 3.17 1/8 8 I. 3.97 5/32 10 J. 4.76 3/16 12 K. 5.55 7/32 14 L. 6.35 1/4 16 M. 8.47 1 /3 20 N. 10.76 2/5 24 O. 12.70 1 /2 30 P. 16.93 2/3 40 20 October 2010 13 4900 - 7 RADIATION PROTECTION tgba -Project #09009 Q. 25.40 1 END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 13 4900 - 8 RADIATION PROTECTION Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 60 tgba - Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1 i 1 J 1 SECTION 21 0000 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS FIRE PROTECTION PIPING (DESIGN/BUILD) A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes complete design, furnishing of all material, equipment and labor for installation of a wet-pipe automatic sprinkler system complete and ready for standard operation in the entire building. Design shall be based on a hydraulically balanced sprinkler system. B. Pay for and obtain all plan review and permit fees, deferred submittal fees, special inspections, and connection fees as required to make system operational and to obtain Certificate of Occupancy. C. Provide a complete dry-pipe automatic sprinkler system for full coverage of all areas subject to freezing; elsewhere as shown. D. Provide the fire protection standpipe systems as required by local Fire Marshal and specified herein. E. Architectural sprinkler head layouts potentially in excess of code minimums. (No allowance will be made for Work not forseen by Contractor). F. Guarantees and Warranties: the Work shall be free from defects for a period of at least one year following date of acceptance by the Owner. Replace all parts proving defective during that time. G. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, switches and devices to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation in full compliance with all requirements of the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. H. Coordinate the Work under this Section with that of all other trades: check all drawings and specifications for possible conflicts between the several trades in equipment locations, pipe, duct and conduit runs, electrical outlets and fixtures, supply and exhaust diffusers, fire sprinklers, structural and architectural features, etc, Should conflicts be found for any reason whatsoever, notify the Architect in writing. I. Examine the Site, verify existing conditions and review design documents. Be informed of all conditions under which work is to be done before submitting your proposal. J. Information shown relative to existing services is based upon available records and data during preparation of documents but shall be regarded as approximate only. K. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, switches and devices to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation in full compliance with all requirements of the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 1.03 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 22 0000 -Plumbing (Design/Build) B. Section 23 0000 - HVAC (Design/Build) 1.04 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Applicable Publications: Current publications of the issues listed below, referred to thereafter by basic designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent indicated by references thereto. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) (Latest Editions): 20 October 2010 21 0000 - 1 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING (DESIGN/BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1. NFPA 13 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems 2. NFPA 14 Standpipe and Hose Systems 3. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 4. NFPA 72A Local Protective Signaling Systems, Current Edition 5. NFPA 72E Automatic Fire Detectors, Current Edition C. Department of Transportation Regulations D. Undervvriters Laboratories, Inc. Fire Protection Equipment List, Current Edition with Quarterly Supplements. E. Factory Mutual Laboratories (FM) F. List of Approved Equipment, Fire Protection Devices and Devices Involving Fire Hazard, Current Edition. G. Comply with requirements of local Fire Marshal. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit each item specified in this Section according to the Conditions of the Contract, B. Division 1 Specification Sections. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings and hydraulic calculations to show basis for the design by the sprinkler contractor and equipment. Partial submittals will not be acceptable. 2. The system shall be designed and installed so that no part thereof will interfere with ceiling heights, doors, windows, mechanical or electrical installations. Exact location of heads shall be carefully coordinated with other ceiling elements for a symmetrical pattern. Sprinkler heads shalt not be located closer than 1' from lighting fixtures, diffusers, speakers, similar devices or obstructions. 3. Contractor shall coordinate his work with other trades so as to avoid any interference with the potential effectiveness of the automatic sprinkler system. 4. Head spacing shall conform to NFPA 13 requirements for "light hazard" and "ordinary hazard" rules according to occupancy classification. D. Submit electrical requirements of all Work under this Section. E. Preliminary "reflected ceiling" plan layout of the sprinklered area of the building showing head locations in relation to lights, speakers, grilles, diffusers, etc., for review and the specific approval by the Architect. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unless otherwise noted, this is a "performance" specification. B. Minimum qualifications of the Contractor/subcontractor shall include the fallowing: 1. Specialist Firm: Company specializing in automatic fire protection /sprinkler systems, possessing a minimum of three years experience with systems similar in nature to the type specified herein. 2. Backflow Prevention: installation and testing by a certified backflow assembly tester, in accordance with the Uniform Plumbing Code. 3. Design Certification: Shop drawings shall be prepared by a person with a minimum certification of Level II Designer, supervised by a Licensed Professional Engineer or a Level III or IV Fire Sprinkler Designer, certified by the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET), in Fire Protection Engineering Technology Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Layout. C. Sprinkler Head Location: The location of sprinkler heads is of critical importance in their relation to lights, diffusers, speakers, etc., and in furnishing a coordinated ceiling pattern of all ceiling elements. Contractor shall provide head locations in relation to lights, speakers, grilles, diffusers, exposed structural framing, etc., per preliminary "reflected ceiling" plan layout. As approved by the Architect. Additional heads, which maybe required by the Architect for a coordinated ceiling pattern, shall be provided without added cost, even though the number of heads and related piping may exceed the 20 October 2010 21 0000 - 2 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING (DESIGN/BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 Foot 8~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB ' requirements of NFPA 13. Heads in acoustical tiles shall be centered in the tile. D. Shop Drawings: Only upon approval of head locations by the Architect, prepare and submit construction drawings to the local Fire Marshal and other local Authorities Having Jurisdiction for approval. Drawings bearing approval of the aforementioned code and/or review authorities shall then be submitted to the Architect for his review and approval PRIOR to the start of any work. E. Acceptable Materials and Equipment: Products with UL label or listing in the latest UL "Fire Protection List" and supplement, current at the end of the bidding period, or products with FM label or listing in the "Factory Mutual Approved Guide" are acceptable fire protection materials and equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AC CEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. To match Shell & Core 2.02 WATER SERVICE FOR SPRINKLER SYSTEM A. Service Work: Outside fire service main is not part of Division 23 Mechanical work. Provide building fire ' service main from building exterior outward to a point approximately 5' from building wall and make connection to Fire Main. B. Pipe and Fittings: Mechanical joint type, Pacific States Cast Iron Pipe, U.S. Pipe and Foundry, American Cast Iron Company, or approved; plain tip gaskets. Pipe, 250-psi wp ductile iron, cement lined, Class 52 to ANSI A11.51 (AWWA C-155). Fittings, 250-psi wp for gray iron, 350-psi wp for ductile iron, conforming to ANSI A21.10 or Federal Specification WW-P-421c, cement lined and seal coated ' same as piping. C. Joints: Mechanical joints, dimensions, metal thickness and standard mechanical joint gaskets shall ' conform to ANSI A21.11. D. Depth of Cover: 3' unless otherwise indicated. ' 2.03 BUILDING SPRINKLER SYSTEM MATERIALS A. Water Piping: Piping shall comply with materials listed in NFPA 13. Pipe and tube used in sprinkler systems shall be designed to withstand a working pressure of not less than 175 psi. B. Couplings (all sizes): Class 150 (300-psi WOG) malleable iron. C. Unions 2" and smaller: Class 150 (300-psi WOG) female-screwed malleable iron with ground joint and brass-to-iron seat. D. Flanges 2-1 /2" and up: Cast iron pipe flanges, 175-psi WOG minimum, ANSI 616.1. Gaskets, ferrous or nickel-based, Grinnell, Garlock, Flexitallic, or approved manufacturer. ' E. Fittings: Cast iron screwed, 175-psi minimum, ASTM A126, Class B and ANSI 816.4. Cast iron flanged, 175-psi WOG minimum, ANSI 816.1. ' F. Grooved Couplings and Fittings (All Sizes): 750-psi WOG minimum, segmental bolted couplings, malleable iron -ASTM A47. G. Pipe Thread Compounds: Tetrafluoroethylene dispersions and other suitable compounds may be used upon approval. Tetrafluoroethylene tape is not acceptable. H. Escutcheons: Fastened securely to pipe, chromium-plated iron orchromium-plated brass, one-piece or split-pattern, held in place by internal spring tension or setscrew; Beaton & Cadwell Series 10, Keene ' No. 102 or No. 105, or approved. I. Pipe Hangers: Hangers shall be in accordance with NFPA 13, and in accordance with requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in sprinkler systems. t 20 October 2010 21 0000 - 3 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING (DESIGN/BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 Foot 8 Ankle Surgical Associates ' Yelm MOB Valves: 1. Wet-pipe Alarm Check Valves: UL-listed or FM-approved, complete with standard accessories and trim necessary to give an alarm, pressure gauges, retard chamber, testing provisions, and all necessary inter-component piping, fittings, and valves; clapper, with elastomer seat. 2. Valves: Gate, globe and check valves (all sizes) shall be UL-listed or FM-approved. Gate valves, OS & Y type, 175-Ib. Wp, double-disc, Kennedy No. 68 or approved, resilient seat. Check valves, wafer check design, cast-iron body, 175-Ib wp, ball drip connection, bronze trim, flange-mounted, Mueller. K. Switches: 1. Supervisory Switches: Provide at each OS&Y valve including all OS&Y valves at backflow ' preventers at each rising-stem globe valve, UL-listed and compatible with the valve. Valve yokes shall be drilled for attachment screws for all switches. 2. Water Flow Switches: Viking C-1, Potter VSR-F, or approved vane-type flow switches, UL-listed, with circuits and contacts selected to handle all switching required by the fire alarm system. Water ' flow switches shall have sensitivity adjustment to prevent false alarming caused by water surge or slight pressure fluctuation. Time delay shall be field adjustable from 0 to 90 seconds; requiring special wrench for cover removal to prevent unauthorized access. Provide tamper switch to signal in the building engineer's office if cover of water-flow switch adjustment-device is removed. 3. Pressure Switches: UL-listed, 300-psi pressure rating, 2-psi to 15-psi adjustable range, factory set at 4 to 8 psi on rise in pressure, rated at 120-volt ac, 15 ampere. , L. Alarm Devices: 1. Water Flow Alarm Device: Water motor gong, UL-listed, FM-approved assembly, gong with approved hood, non staining weather-resistant mounting; aluminum gong; water motor tetrafluoroethylene shaft bearings, inlet strainer, waste water to drain. M. Fire Department Connection: Flush plate, 2-1/2" inlets, horizontal pattern, Potter-Roemer 5100 Series two-wayback, angle or end outlet, size and configuration to suit installation requirements, brass body, , polished chrome-plated plate lettered "AUTO SPKR". Plugs and chains shall be polished chrome-plated. Threads shall conform to the local Fire Department Standards. N. Miscellaneous Connections and Fittings: As required by NFPA 13, drains, inspector's tests, discharge ' outlets, and flushing connections; sway bracing; flexible joints which shall consist of grooved-end pipe and fittings, Victaulic, Gustin-Bacon, or ITT Grinnel manufacturer. Couplings for grooved-end pipe, UL-listed, Victaulic Style 07 "Zero-Flex" rigid coupling with standard gaskets. ' 2.04 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. Backflow preventer shall be the double-check-valve type. Assembly shall have two spring-loaded, ' independently operating, poppet-type check valves mounted in a common body, two gate valves and four test cocks, designed for installation in horizontal flow pattern. Body shall be hot-dip galvanized cast iron with bronze and stainless steel working parts, 175-psi maximum wp, 33-180°F temperature range. , Backflow preventer shall be UL-listed and conform to local water purveyor requirements, AWWA and LISC Cross Connection Control Laboratory, Hersey Products, Inc. No. 2 Double Check Valve Assembly, or approved manufacturer. 2.05 SPRINKLER HEADS , A. General: Standard sprinkler heads with '/" orifice shall be used. Sprinkler head temperature ratings shall comply with NFPA 13. ' B. Heads in Finished Areas with Ceilings: 1. Quick Response Recessed type sprinkler head with glass bulb. Heads shall be UL listed standard head with '/z" orifice. Sprinkler heads shall be Star Sprinkler Corporation Model QR-Q, or approved ' Reliable or Automatic Sprinkler. C. Heads in Exposed Areas Without Ceilings: ' 20 October 2010 ' 21 0000 - 4 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING (DESIGN/BUILD) ' tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB ' 1. Quick response upright or pendent type sprinkler head, with '/" orifice, glass bulb, chrome plated. Sprinkler heads shall be Star Sprinkler Corporation Model SG, or approved Reliable or Automatic Sprinkler. 2. Quick Response Sidewall Sprinklers: Provide in areas without suspended ceilings where piping must be installed close to walls or structural members. Provide a vertical Sidewall sprinkler for installation vertically above the piping; horizontal Sidewall sprinkler for horizontal installation on the side of the piping; standard factory bronze finish in unfinished areas; chrome plated finish in ' finished areas. Sprinklers shall be'/~" orifice, glass bulb type, Star Sprinkler Corporation Model SG (QR), or approved Reliable or Automatic Sprinkler. ' D. Spares: Spares for each temperature rating of sprinkler head, complete with appropriate storage cabinet and four wrenches, shall be provided. The total number of spare heads shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 13. E. Wire Guards: For all heads with clearance height less than 7'6", factory-fabricated clamp-on guards. 2.06 DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM ' A. General: Areas subject to freezing shall be served by a dry pipe sprinkler system, designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Dry Pipe Alarm Valve: Provide the dry pipe alarm control valve to separate system water supply from ' the air-filled system piping. Valve shall be type designed on a differential pressure area principle using air pressure against supply water pressure. Dry pipe valve assembly shall include accelerator, pressure maintenance device, air compressor, and all trim and accessories for operable dry-system fire ' protection system. C. Air Compressor: Motor-driven unit with V-belt drive, self-oiling-type compressor equipped with suction strainer, muffler, high and low-level oil filling gauge, automatic start and stop control. Unit shall provide air supply capable of filling the system to 45 psi in 15 minutes. D. Low Air Pressure Alarm: Provide low air pressure alarm, distinctive from the fire alarm, with special E. switch to control trouble alarm. Pressure Switch: Pressure switch to activate water flow alarm shall be UL-listed and FM-approved, 2 to 15 psi range, Grunau No. 1259-1, or approved listed alarm pressure switch for sprinkler systems. 2.07 STANDPIPES -COMBINATION-TYPE SYSTEM A. General: Provide the combination standpipe systems. Standpipe outlets shall be 2-1/2" hose outlets in stairways, for use by fire department. All standpipes are water-filled at all times, except short sections of piping inside of outlets and connections on outside walls. All standpipes shall be in accordance with NFPA 14 standards. Standpipes also serve automatic sprinklers. Products and installation as specified for building sprinkler systems and in accordance with NFPA 13. ' B. Pipe and Fittings: Pipe, steel. Fittings, screwed joint malleable iron, or UL-approved malleable iron groove-end fittings. Couplings may be galvanized threaded couplings or maybe UL-approved couplings of Victaulic, Gustin-Bacon, or Grinnell manufacture. All pipe fittings and couplings to be 175-psi ' minimum working pressure. 150 Ib. malleable iron fittings may be used when they are rated 175-psi working pressure with cold water. C. Support of Vertical Riser Piping: Bolted riser clamps consisting of 1-112" x 5/16" steel bars forged to fit pipe, bolted with '/z" bolts; bracketed to anchor bolts in wall or resting on each floor slab through which pipe passes. ' D. Hose Outlet Valves: Angle globe, UL-approved, 2-1/2" hose thread male outlet; Potter-Roemer No. 4065, or approved; cast brass, with bronze cap for use with spanner wrench and with chain; local fire department threads; 300-psi wp; red iron hand wheel. E. Hose Outlets Above Roof (Through-Wall Supply Pipes): Two 2-1/2" angle globe valves, caps and ' 20 October 2010 21 0000 - 5 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING (DESIGN/BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates , Yelm MOB chains as specified above, with two-way 2-112" cast brass standpipe roof outlet connection with circular escutcheon inscribed "Standpipe," Potter-Roemer No. 5872. Provide NRS gate valve in piping below outlet, with through-the-wall extension stem and cast brass valve control with circular escutcheon, inscribed "Valve control"; Potter-Roemer No. 5850. All exposed parts shall be bronze finish. Provide 3/, ball drip for draining. F. Fire Department Connection: Flush plate, 2-112" inlets, horizontal pattern, Potter-Roemer 5100 Series two-way, back, angle or end outlet, size and configuration to suit installation requirements, ductile iron or brass body, polished chrome-plated plate lettered "AUTO SPKR". STANDPIPE." Plugs and chains shall be polished chrome-plated. Threads shall comply with local jurisdictional Fire Department Standard. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, WATER SERVICE WORK A. General: Comply with requirements of Division 2 and all applicable requirements of NFPA 24 and AW WA. B. Pipe Installation: The sprinkler system supply line shall be laid below the frostline, depths of cover in accordance with NFPA 24. Where connection of the sprinkler supply line to the water supply main cannot be made immediately, the sprinkler supply line shall be extended to 5' outside of the building and capped. Change in direction of pipe shall be made with suitable standard fittings. C. Tie Rods: Tie rods shall be provided the full extent of the sprinkler system supply line from the water meter pit to the building, anchored to the building wall, and also anchored at the water meter pit; installation I n accordance with NFPA 24. Paint all tie rods with two coats of asphaltic paint before backfilling. Restrainers at joints are not acceptable in place of tie rods. D. Support of Piping Outside Building Wall: For support of piping placed on backfilled earth outside building walls, provide reinforced concrete beam 18" x 6" cross section size under the pipe, to resist settlement. Beam shall rest on concrete corbels cast in the wall, or on hot-dip galvanized steel channel shelf of 12 x 3 x 25 Ib./ft. channels attached to wall by four 1"size, hot-dip galvanized steel through-bolts. Beams shall extend 3' onto undisturbed earth on the farthest side of the excavation for the building wall construction, away from the building. Provide cement grout support under pipe, on beam for its full length. E. Flushing: Before connecting sprinkler system to underground supply connections, each supply connection shall be thoroughly flushed out in accordance with NFPA 13 requirements. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. General: Installation of system materials and equipment shall conform to applicable requirements of: 1. NFPA No. 13 "Installation of Sprinkler Systems" 2. The provisions and recommendations of the NFPA constitute mandatory minimum requirements for work specified herein. Strict compliance therewith is required, except all more stringent requirements of the Contract Documents shall modify, supplement and supersede applicable provisions and recommendations of the NFPA. B. Certification: Provide certificates covering installation and tests for signature by the Architect prior to acceptance of work. C. Experienced Workmen: Fire protection system work shall be supervised and performed by personnel regularly engaged in the installation of fire protection systems conforming to Unden+vriters Laboratories, Inc. and NFPA standards and closely similar to the work specified and indicated. Submit evidence of qualification of any proposed supervisor or installer. The Architect may reject those who cannot show evidence of such qualifications. D. Welding: Welding will not be permitted except upon specific approval by the State Fire Marshal. When authorization is obtained, welding shall be performed in accordance with the recommendations of NFPA 20 October 2010 21 0000 - 6 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING (DESIGN/BUILD) ' tgba -Project #09009 Foot ~ Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB ' 516 and in accordance with the Code for Pressure Piping ANSI 831.1.0 Power Piping Section with Addenda 631.1.Oa. Sample weld and credentials of qualified welders shall be submitted for approval. ' E. Piping Supports: Vertical-piping supports shall be provided at each floor for risers. F. Earthquake Bracing and Earthquake Joints: Comply with Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. requirements and applicable requirements of NFPA 13. ' G. Piping: All pipe, fittings, valves, equipment and accessories shall be clean and free of all deleterious material before being installed in their respective systems. Pipe shall be cleaned by hammer, shaking, ' swabbing and flushing, or by a combination of methods. All lines shall be blown out with compressed air after erection, but blowing out shall not be relied upon for removing foreign matter. During the progress of construction, open ends of pipe, fittings and valves shall be properly protected at all times to prevent the admission of foreign matte. Provide flushing connections at ends of sprinkler cross-mains in ' accordance with requirements of NFPA 13. 1. Drains: The sprinkler system shall be provided with complete drainage facilities as indicated an in accordance with NFPA 23. ' 2. Protection Against Freezing: Supply pipes or risers that pass through unheated spaces in or under building areas exposed to freezing shall be protected from freezing in accordance with applicable methods in NFPA 13. ' 3.03 CLEANING A. Cleaning operations during construction and upon completion of the work of this Contract shall be performed in accordance with the applicable requirements of the referenced NFPA standards and the Contract Documents. 3.04 HEAD PROTECTION A. Heads shall be protected during painting operations with paper or plastic bags secured overheads as part of the work under this Section. Protection shall be removed immediately upon the finishing of painting operations. ' 3.05 FIRE PROTECTION WATER SYSTEMS TESTING A. Prior to acceptance of the work, test all completed systems in the presence of the local fire department ' and Fire Marshal. Testing and acceptance of sprinkler system shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13. 3.OS ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical components provided, as part of the work under this Section shall be connected as part of the work under Division 26. END OF SECTION 1 ' 20 October 2010 21 0000 - 7 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING (DESIGN/BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB L t SECTION 22 0000 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS PLUMBING (DESIGN/BUILD) A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all design and permit drawings, labor, tools, equipment, appliances, materials, and services necessary for and properly incidental to the furnishing and installing of all plumbing work and related items as shown and specified herein. 1. A portion of the project contains an Ambulatory Surgery Center. System to be designed and constructed as required to obtain Washington State Department of Health (DOH) license and Medicare Certification. B. The Work to be performed under this Section shall include, but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Drainage waste and vent system completed, including connection to sewer outside the building. 2. Hot water system including water heaters. 3. Cold water system. 4. Natural gas system. 5. Medical Gas Systems. 6. Rough in for equipment furnished and installed by the Owner where specifically mentioned or shown. 7. Connection to equipment furnished and installed by the Owner where specifically mentioned or shown. 8. Excavation and backfilling necessary for the installation of the work under this Section, flashing of all pipes where they pierce the roof or other waterproof membranes and all required cutting and patching necessary to complete the work. 9. Work includes complete design and permit drawings, furnishing of all material, equipment and labor for installation of plumbing, and ready for standard operation in the entire building. 10. Pay for and obtain all plan review and permit fees, deferred submittal fees, special inspections, and connection fees as required to make system operational and to obtain Certificate of Occupancy. 11. Guarantees and Warranties: the Work shall be free from defects for a period of at least one year following date of acceptance by the Owner. Replace all parts proving defective during that time. 12. Coordinate the Work under this Section with that of all other trades: check all drawings and specifications for possible conflicts between the several trades in equipment locations, pipe, duct and conduit runs, electrical outlets and fixtures, supply and exhaust diffusers, fire sprinklers, structural and architectural features, etc. Should conflicts be found for any reason whatsoever, notify the Architect in writing. 13. Examine the Site, verify existing conditions and review design documents. Be informed of all conditions under which work is to be done before submitting your proposal. 14. Information shown relative to existing services is based upon available records and data during preparation of documents but shall be regarded as approximate only. 15. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, switches and devices to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation in full compliance with all requirements of the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 1.03 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 21 0000 -Fire Protection Piping (Design/Build) 20 October 2010 22 0000 - 1 PLUMBING (DESIGN/BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 B. Section 23 0000 - HVAC (Design/Build) 1.04 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. All work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest applicable State, County and local regulations and ordinances. Nothing in these specifications or drawings is to be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes. Any extra work or materials needed to comply with these laws or rules and regulations shall be furnished whether or not specifically shown or specified. B. UPC. C. NFPA 101, Chapter 7. D. NFPA 99 -Health Care Facilities E. 2006 AIA Guidelines for Design and Construction of Hospital & Health Care Facilities. 1. Washington State Amendments, dated 07/21/2008. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit each item specified in this Section according Section 01 3300. B. Submit each item specified in this Section according to the Conditions of the Contract and C. Division 1 Specification Sections. Review of submittals are for purposes of evaluating general design compliance only. The Design/Build Engineer is the engineer of record. D. Design Drawings. Provide drawings sufficient to obtain jurisdiction approval. Confirm what jurisdictions require documents for review including DOH and local jurisdictions. E. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings, to show basis for the design by the Plumbing Contractor and equipment. Partial submittals will not be acceptable. 2. The system shall be designed and installed so that no part thereof will interfere with ceiling heights, doors, windows, mechanical or electrical installations. F. Equipment information: 1. Prior to the ordering of any materials and equipment and within fifteen (15) days of contract award, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval six (6) copies of manufacturer's brochures containing complete dimensional and performance characteristics, wiring diagrams, installation and operation instructions, etc., for the following equipment. a. Plumbing Fixtures. b. Plumbing specialties. c. Drainage specialties. d. Water heaters. e. Medical Gas Devices. 2. In addition to the above specific items, a materials list shall be submitted listing each specification paragraph number, and stating whether the materials proposed are as specified or if they have been approved as substitutions. 3. If the item is as specified, it is sufficient to note "as specified" opposite the paragraph number. The submittal shall be complete for the first submission. The submittals are not to be sent through in piecemeal fashion. 4. If the item is a substitution, it must have been approved at the time of submitting the bid, otherwise substitutions will only be considered by formal request. A complete submittal as described in paragraph A above shall be provided for all substituted equal items. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unless otherwise noted, this is a "design-performance" specification. B. Acceptable Materials and Equipment: Products with UL label or listing in the latest UL "Fire Protection Foot $~ Ankle Surgical Associates ' Yelm MOB 1 20 October 2010 22 0000 - 2 PLUMBING (DESIGN/BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB ' List" and supplement, current at the end of the bidding period, or products with FM label or listing in the "Factory Mutual Approved Guide" are acceptable fire protection materials and equipment. ' C. Use sufficient number of journeyman plumbers and competent supervisors in the execution of this portion of the work to ensure proper and adequate plumbing installation throughout. In the acceptance or rejection of installed plumbing, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Drainage, waste and vent (DWV) piping: Except for fixture connections, all pipe and fittings shall be standard weight cast iron pipe, unless otherwise noted. All underground and outside plenums to be ABS/PVC, unless otherwise noted. B. Domestic water piping: All hot and cold water piping, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, shall be . hard-drawn copper tube, Type "L". Below grade and below-slab piping shall be Type "L" copper tube with brazed joints. ' C. Gas piping: All gas piping below grade shall be plastic coated, black steel pipe (Schedule 40), with welded fittings and joints. All gas piping 3 inches and smaller shall be black steel pipe, threaded, with malleable iron fittings. Piping exposed to weather shall be galvanized. Piping below concrete slabs to run within vented sleeves. Piping below grade must be wrapped. 2.02 BURIED PIPE WRAPPING ' A. Buried piping: Wrap all uninsulated, buried, steel and copper piping and fittings as follows. 1. Thoroughly clean piping and fittings of loose scale, rust, dirt, oil and grease before wrapping, Wire brush as required; use solvent for removal of oil and grease. 2. Coat with Johns-Manville No. 22 primer adhesive. 3. Wrap with Johns-Manville VID - 20 mil. Thick, ply vinyl tape. Stretch tape tight during application. Overlap tape to result in double thickness. 2.03 VALVES A. Walworth, Nibco, Kennedy, Jenkin and Stockham. The following models are Walworth: Type Size Range Part Number PSI / WOG 1. Gate 1/2" to 3l4" 2 125 2. Gate 1" to 3" 4 125 3. Globe 3"and smaller 590 150 ' 4. Check 3" and smaller 510 150 5. Gas Cock 1"and smaller 557 125 6. Gas Cock 1-1/2" and larger 554 125 with wrench 2.04 VALVE BOXES A. All valve boxes, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, shall be Concrete Products, Inc." or "Forny". ' Traffic type of depth, lock type cast iron cover labeled "WATER" or "GAS". 2.05 VENT FLASHING A. Vent flashing at each vent through the roof shall be per roofing manufacturer's recommendation. 2.06 CLEANOUTS A. Smith, Zurn, Josam, Wade, Rototech, Enpocco, orAncon. B. Cleanouts shall be Zurn models as shown on the drawings. Do not use PVC cleanouts. 2.07 FLOOR DRAINS, FLOOR SINKS AND ROOF DRAINS ' 20 October 2010 22 0000 - 3 PLUMBING (DESIGN/BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 A. Ancon, Smith, Zurn, Josam or Wade. 2.08 WATER HEATERS -ELECTRIC A. Model, size and capacity sized for number of fixtures and proposed use: UL listed. B. Glass lined and fiberglass insulated storage tank, automatic thermostat, automatic cut-off for over-temperature or thermostat failure, drain cock, and ASME stamped pressure and temperature lever type relief valve, and magnesium anode rod. C. Provide a one year warranty. 2.09 CIRCULATION PUMPS A. Provide circulatling pumps for the domestic hot water system. Pumps shall be of the "in-line" type. The pump shall have a bronze body with a brass impeller. 2.10 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. As scheduled on the drawings. B. General: Provide complete fixture assembly, including all trim and appurtenance for proper operation and neat, finished appearance. Procure all rough-in data from the Manufacturer, and rough in and connect to fixtures, as required. 1. Vitreous chinaware fixtures shall be white, and unless otherwise noted, vitreous china. Enamelware shall be of steel with acid-resistant enamel. Include china bold caps. 2. Factory grind backs and bases of fixtures smooth. Point up at joints with walls and floors with non-hardening silicone. C. Submissions: Include brochure, complete with description of all fixtures and trim. D. Trim: 1. Exposed trim, including stops, tubing, traps, waste pieces and escutcheons shall be polished chrome-plated. 2. Provide separate control stops for each fixture. 3. Gasket floor outlet fixtures. 4. Provide'/," steel backing plates for fixture support where required. E. Mounting heights: 1. Manufacturer's standard heights unless indicated otherwise. 2. Handicapped fixtures mounted per local Building Code Regulations PART 3 INSTALLATION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Prior to wall work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may commence. Verify that the completed plumbing installation will be in accordance with alt pertinent codes and regulations and with the original design. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect and proceed as directed. 3.02 PLUMBING SYSTEM LAYOUT A. Lay out the plumbing system in careful coordination with the Drawings, determining proper elevations for all components of the system and using only the minimum number of bends to produce a satisfactorily functioning system. Follow the general layout shown on the Drawings in all cases except where other work may interfere. Lay out all pipes to fall within partition, ceiling, or roof cavities so as not require furring other than that shown on the drawings. 3.03 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING A. Dig trenches straight and true to line and grade, with bottom of trench free from rock points and with Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 20 October 2010 22 0000 - 4 PLUMBING (DESIGN/BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB ' pipe cushion consisting of undisturbed natural soil on a compacted bed of fine sand of a minimum 4" in depth. 3.04 CONCRETE WORK A. Unless specifically indicated on the drawings to be furnished by others, furnish and install concrete work such as pads, bases, kick blocks, and the like, where shown. Concrete and reinforcing steel stall be ' equal to that specified for general construction. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT ' A. Install all piping promptly capping or plugging all open ends. B. Install all piping generally level and plumb, free from traps, and in a manner to conserve space for other work. C. Cushion all traps and bearing to minimize transfer of sound. Firmly anchor all pipes in position. Provide complete isolation of dissimilar metals. ' D. Provide uniform pitch of at least'/:' per foot for all horizontal waste and soil piping within the building. E. Conceal all piping unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. ' F. All equipment shall be fitted with shutoff valves with connection unions or flanges between equipment and valve. G. Flexible connections in pipeline connection equipment shall be installed in a horizontal position. ' 3.06 STERILIZATION OF PIPES A. After preliminary purging of the system, chlorinate the entire potable water system in accordance with American Water Works Association and with local plumbing code procedures for flushing and disinfecting water mains, and in accordance with all other pertinent codes and regulations. 3.07 SERVICE UTILITY DIAGRAM (As Built Drawings) ' A. Furnish a print showing an accurate record of the plumbing underground installation. Locate all lines, valves, depths of lines, slopes of lines and other pertinent data such as meters and cleanouts serving the building and site. 3.08 PROJECT COMPLETION A. Upon completion of all work of this Section, thoroughly clean all exposed portions of the plumbing ' installation removing all traces of soil, labels, grease, oil and other foreign matter. Use only the type of cleaner recommended by the Manufacturer. B. Remove all debris and flush the device. System to be free of debris. ' C. Prior to project opening, provide thorough training for the Building Manager in all aspects of maintenance and operation of the plumbing systems. 3.09 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to drawings. ' END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 22 0000 - 5 PLUMBING (DESIGN/BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 23 0000 HYAC (DES1GN18UlLD~ PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes complete design and permit drawings and specifications, furnishing of all material, equipment and labor for installation of heating, ventilation system and related items complete and ready for standard operation in the entire building. Design shall be based on the Washington State Energy Code. 1. A portion of the project contains an Ambulatory Surgery Center. System to be designed and constructed as required to obtain Washington State Department of Health (DOH) license and Medicare Certification. B. Provide complete performance based energy code calculations as required to obtain a building permit ' from the local governing jurisdiction. Coordinate with the Architect to obtain information on building envelope components including glazing types and amounts, roof and wall insulation, slab edge conditions, etc. C. Pay for and obtain all plan review and permit fees, deferred submittal fees, special inspections, and connection fees as required to make system operational and to obtain Certificate of Occupancy. D. Work performed under this section shall include, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Complete heating, ventilation, air conditioning and cooling systems, including coordination of design using new or existing building shell equipment. 2. Automatic temperature control systems.(DDC) 3. Air intakes, reliefs, exhaust and transfer fans. 4. Flues, vents and connections, including water heaters. 5. Acoustical Boots at return air grilles in plenum-return areas. E. Guarantees and Warranties: the Work shall be free from defects for a period of at least one year following date of acceptance by the Owner. Replace all parts proving defective during that time. F. Coordinate the Work under this Section with that of all other trades: check all drawings and specifications for possible conflicts between the several trades in equipment locations, pipe, duct and conduit runs, electrical outlets and fixtures, supply and exhaust diffusers, fire sprinklers, structural and architectural features, etc. Should conflicts be found for any reason whatsoever, notify the Architect in writing. G. Examine the Site, verify existing conditions and review design documents. Be informed of all conditions under which work is to be done before submitting your proposal. H. Information shown relative to existing services is based upon available records and data during preparation of documents but shall be regarded as approximate only. I. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, switches and devices to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation in full compliance with all requirements of the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 1.03 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 21 0000 -Fire Protection Piping (Design/Build) B. Section 22 0000 -Plumbing (Design/Build) 20 October 2010 23 0000 - 1 HVAC (DESIGN/BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 Foot 8 Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 1.04 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Applicable Publications: Current publications of the issues listed below, referred to thereafter by basic designation only, form a part of this specification. B. Reference Standards (Latest Editions): 1. ASHRAE 2. NFPA 101 - 2000 Edition a. Chapter 7 -Building Service and Fire Protection Equipment b. Chapter 18 -New Health Care Occupancies c. Chapter 20 -New Ambulatory Health Care Occupancies d. Chapter 38 -New Business Occupancies 3. NFPA 99 -Health Care Facilities 4. NFPA 70 -Material Electric Code 5. NFPA 90A - "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems." 6. AIA Guidelines for Design and Construction of Hospital and Health Care Facilities. 7. "Duct Manual and Sheet Construction for Ventilation and Air Conditioning Systems" by SMACHA 8. National Board of Fire Underwriters. 9. 2006 AIA Guidelines for Design and Construction of Hospital & Health Care Facilities. a. Washington State Amendments, dated 07/21/2008. C. Qualifications of Installers for the actual fabrication, installation, and testing of work under this Section: 1. Use only thoroughly trained and experienced workers completely familiar with the items required and with the manufacturer's recommendations as to their use. In the acceptance or rejection of the finished installation, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workers. 7.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unless otherwise noted, this is a "performance" specification. B. Acceptable Materials and Equipment: Products with UL label or listing in the latest UL "Fire Protection List" and supplement, current at the end of the bidding period, or products with FM label or listing in the "Factory Mutual Approved Guide" are acceptable fire protection materials and equipment. C. Minimum qualifications of the Contractor/subcontractor shall include the following: 1. Specialist Firm: Company specializing in heating and ventilation systems, possessing a minimum of five years experience with systems similar in nature to the type specified herein. D. Commissioning: 1. Provide Commissioning per Washington State Energy Code. 2. Commissioning Agent subject to Owner's approval. 7.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit each item specified in this Section according to the Conditions of the Contract and B. Division 1 Specification Sections. Review of submittals are for purposes of evaluating general design compliance only. The Design/Build Engineer is the engineer of record. C. Submit as required by Section 01 3300. D. Washington State Energy Code calculations as required to obtain building permit. E. Design Drawings. Provide drawings sufficient to obtain jurisdiction approval. Confirm what jurisdictions require documents for review including DOH and local jurisdictions. F. Submit Shop Drawings. 1. Product literature and specifications of all equipment and materials. 2. Complete duct layout showing all duct work, diffusing equipment, fans/air handlers, etc. 3. Submit electrical requirements for all Work under this section. 20 October 2010 23 0000 - 2 HVAC (DESIGNIBUILD) tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRE-CONSTRUCTION SERVICES A. Allow for periodic meetings with Owner, Building Management and Architect to review design and to quantify value analysis options. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 23 0000 - 3 HVAC (DESIGN/BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 SECTION 26 0000 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY ELECTRICAL (DE51GN /BUILD) Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB A. Provide complete design and construction of electrical systems as described herein and as required to provide a complete and functional electrical system as required by local, State and Federal Jurisdictions. 1. A portion of the project contains an Ambulatory Surgery Center. System to be designed and constructed as required to obtain Washington State Department of Health (DOH) license and Medicare Certification. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 DRAWINGS A. Provide electrical design and permit drawings to provide needed power and lighting. Provide power and lighting for all equipment and fixtures shown and/or customary indicating approximate location of outlets, lighting fixtures, electrical equipment, etc. Consult the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Fire Sprinkler Drawings to avoid conflicts with equipment, structural members, etc. Any discrepancies in the plans and specifications shall be brought to the attention of the Architect. B. Notify Architect of deviations from Drawings needed to make electrical work conform to the building as constructed, and to related work of other Divisions. C. Power and Voice/Data outlets. Any outlets shown on floor plan layouts are required for specific uses within the project and do not necessarily show all outlets required for the project. Provide additional outlets as required by Code, equipment and the standard of care for similar facilities. 1.04 WORK INCLUDED A. Pay for and obtain all plan review and permit fees, deferred submittal fees, special inspections, and connection fees as required to make system operational and to obtain Certificate Of Occupancy. Coordinate with serving utility company. B. Include all design, permit drawings, labor, material, equipment, transportation and services to furnish and install complete electrical system including: 1. New underground electrical secondary service from main distribution panel to point of connection with utility company facilities. 2. Main distribution equipment with metering equipment and overcurrent protective devices. 3. Complete system of feeders in conduit to power panels and branch-circuit panels. 4. Furnish and install branch-circuit panels for power and lighting. 5. Complete branch-circuit wiring system for motors, receptacles, junction boxes, lighting, etc. 6. Fumish and install all wall switches, receptacles, etc., as required by code, equipment layout and the standard of care for similar facilities. 7. Furnish and install complete lighting fixtures. 8. Furnish and install wiring up to and including safety switches for heating and ventilating equipment provided by mechanical. 9. Final electrical connection to hot water tanks. 10. Fire alarm system as required by local and State Jurisdictions. 11. Minor relocations (within 10-ft. radius of position shown on drawings) ordered prior to rough-in installation shall be made without added cost to the Owner. 20 October 2010 26 0000 - 1 ELECTRICAL (DESIGN /BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. All work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest editions of references listed herein and of applicable State, County and local regulations and ordinances. Nothing in these specifications or drawings is to be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes. Any extra work or materials needed to comply with these laws or rules and regulations shall be furnished whether or not specifically shown or specified. B. NFPA 101 1. Chapter 7 -Building Services and Fire Protection Equipment 2. Chapter 12 -New Healthcare Occupancies 3. Chapter 26 -New Business Occupancies C. NFPA 99 -Health Care Facilities. Essential Electrical Systems to Meet the Requirements of a Type System. D. NFPA 70 -National Electric Code. E. 2006 AIA Guidelines for Design and Construction of Hospital & Health Care Facilities. 1. Washington State Amendments, dated 07!21/2008. NFPA 76A for Emergency Power Systems. G. NFPA 110. H. Washington State Energy Code. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) or Electrical Testing Laboratories for Materials and Equipment. 1.06 WORK OF OTHER DIVISIONS A. The following items will be furnished and installed under another Division of the Work. Work under this Division shall be conducted in a manner to cooperate with the installation of such equipment or items. 1. Mechanical equipment to be furnished and mounted under another Division, but electrically connected under this Division. 1.07 WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items, if installed, will be furnished and installed under separate contract. Work under this contract shall be performed in a manner to allow for the installation of such equipment or items. 1. Items of furnishings, portable equipment, etc. 2. Telephone/Intercom/aging System instruments and equipment. 3. Data communications cabling and connections. 4. Nurse Call Systems. 5. Security monitoring system extensions. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unless otherwise noted, this is a "performance" specification. B. Acceptable Materials and Equipment: Products with UL label or listing in the latest UL "Fire Protection List" and supplement, current at the end of the bidding period, or products with FM label or listing in the "Factory Mutual Approved Guide" are acceptable fire protection materials and equipment. 1.09 SUBMITTALS OF SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA 8 SAMPLES A. Submit per requirements of 01 3300 Submittals. 1.10 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB 20 October 2010 26 0000 - 2 ELECTRICAL (DESIGN /BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates Yelm MOB B. Refer to Section 01 6000 -Products and Substitutions 1.11 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01 7000 Contract Close-Out. 1.12 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Comply with requirements of Section 01 7823 Operations and Maintenance Data. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Comply with requirements of Section 01 7836 Warranties and Bonds. B. In addition to the one year warranty specified in Contract Conditions, warrant Work listed below as follows: 1. BALLASTS shall have extended warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAYS A. All power distribution conductors shall be in rigid conduit. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COMPLETION AND TESTING A. Complete each electrical system and place in operation. B. Each system shall be tested and left in proper operating condition free of faults, shorts, or unintentional grounds. C. Demonstrate each system in the presence of the Architect, Electrical Engineer or Owner's Representative when requested. 3.02 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Work Included: labor and material required for the external electrical wiring and 120 volt control wiring for mechanical equipment. B. Work Included: mechanical control wiring rated less than 120 volts, such as to low voltage control components. 3.03 OWNER FURNISHED/CONTRACTOR INSTALLED EQUIPMENT A. Install and connect electrical equipment. B. Reference Section 11 9010 Owner-Furnish Contractor Installed Equipment. 3.04 CLEANING, PAINTING AND FINISHES A. Provide protective finishes on all materials and equipment. Use coated or corrosion-resistant materials, hardware and fittings throughout the Work. Prior to installation, paint all bare untreated ferrous surfaces with rust-inhibiting paint. B. Clean all surfaces prior to application of adhesives, coatings, paint or other finishes. C. Provide factory-applied finishes on equipment wherever possible. D. Protect all finishes and restore any damaged finishes to their original condition. E. Reference: Section 09 9000: Painting for paint specs. 3.05 PROTECTION OF WORK 20 October 2010 26 0000 - 3 ELECTRICAL (DESIGN /BUILD) tgba -Project #09009 Foot & Ankle Surgical Associates ' Yelm MOB A. Electrical work and equipment shall be protected against damage. Equipment found damaged or in other than new condition will be rejected as defective. B. Electrical equipment shall be kept covered or closed to exclude dust, dirt, and splashes of plaster, cement or paint, and shall be free of all such contamination before final inspection. Enclosures and trims shall be in new condition and free of rust, scratches or finish defects. If damaged, shall be properly refinished in a manner acceptable to the Architect. 3.06 CUTTING, DRILLING AND PATCHING A. Coordinate access openings required for electrical equipment and raceways. Confirm acceptable locations with the Architect and Structural Engineer prior to cutting. B. DO NOT cut, drill or weld to metal building components without express written direction from the Architect or Structural Engineer. C. Access openings required after pouring of concrete shall be made at the Contractor's own expense. D. After using access openings, restore surfaces to original integrity tot he satisfaction of the Architect. 3.07 LIGHTING SCHEDULE A. See Light Fixture Schedule on the drawings. END OF SECTION 20 October 2010 26 0000 - 4 ELECTRICAL (DESIGN /BUILD) W • Mobile system brings X•ray to patient . • Large casters roll easily • Short wheel base easy to position • X-ray from chair or poser • Withstands constant moving • Factory sat for 8" poser ,,? + Qthar X-ray head mounting heights available .~ • 281nch SID • Saves floor • 704o Y_ro..a 58 M 49 50 ax sa .::, ~.~ ; . ~.,;, ~',~'',..~,.~,,;I ~: ~'`' a,~~.,,r';~.i • 28 inch SID ~ ~` •:~;.~~.`, ~ • Saves floor space . • 3.5" Inch base height ~ ~~.~ ~. • Fts between wall and ~t ~ ~ • Minimum space required: 34• x 51" ..~:. •~ ~ ' • Both laterals possible ~ ,, • Folds to 18" wide ,~ • Flts in hall ~ ` >tr., Featured on Cover ~e inch SID ~` Radial Arm , id-Base Poser{MB) ~ ass height 6" rfect height for patient and operetor use. :, ~ .ti'~ti DlMENSlONS APPLY TO; MB•70D 8l1d L8-700 AG W ~w 1rn. -~., .... io -w-l K~r~. u..ew.. t..w.n ~~ .' i ~, 1 . ".., ,~~ t~ ~ `'" l y„~ .~ w y,FE'F,M ~y ~ , ~ ', r r i ~ ' it ~ -+~ u ~ i fi ~. ~~A .~'. ;k..:.:; ' CONSIDERATIONS FOR ALL MACHINES Tito fieati in wNla ttequlrad with proper planning, feed lining the wall s is not n9qulr~ed. Thls must tie confirmed by your k~Cel Inspector. Wrlrroom sup~stiona • ugnt leak check • Proper film selectbn • Proper tllm development. Be sure darkroom /8 aaAr. Without Bete Ilght, Check darkroom for leaks. It takes tt) minutss for your eyes to adjust to the dark. x-ray shown In room epptlcatlon ~.~- as Walk apace avakabl• with Flip ease up Plan Layaul tNlth Slate lnspeCtors. .7 (Lead lt,ey be requlrod,) ' See dimensions of left for specs requlremertts. y~• --T Other t.onskNralbrat T • Operator should be behind shield a out or II tlw room. ® ~ • Ares n1Uel De under Control (No addAbnal d7b ,;5;; ~ t6 ~ ~ _ - - _ ~ people). • C,et plan approval » ~~ ~ from Stale .' ~N~1.~:~ y' ~~ RodleNOn Irtopactor .y ~~r" ±~I ~~ ' I ' `.. i ~ X-Rey etwwn In Hall Appllcallon The X-Cal X-Ray Adjustable Collimator (A/G) was designed to reduce unwanted scatter radiation consistent with the government requirements. Ail X-Cel X-Ray units era certified to meet or exceed the FDA 1020.30 requirements. Because of the unique design features, some of which are proprietary and patented, the X•Cef X-Ray unit has enJoyed a reputation for "long life". SOLlD STATE CONTROL - Adjustable kVp selection •- stabilized mA (tube filament) voltage -• 10 or 15mA switch selection(90 kVp/10mA only) -• audible emission buzzer -- mA meter for visual indication of emission with ' adjustment to compensate for tube filament aging -- exposure button on coiled cord -~ dlpltal mlcropr~~ssor control timer (irom 6/60 (.1 sec.) to 180/60 (3 sec.)) -• Remote mounting with 15 ft. cable. X•AAY TUBE -1.0 mm focal spot gives sharp radiographic results end long life. ' RADIOGRAPHfC PLATFORM - 30 X 30 X 6 inches (MB-700 A/C): 24 x 30 x 3rrr Inches (LB•yD0 A/C); 30 x 40 x 6 inches (Extended Mid Base) -- ' ' hand railing for stability and security --film well has provisions for 8 x 10 and 10 x 12 film cassettes. :; RADIAL TUBE ARlIA - Spsirtg counter balanced -fixes Stb at 28 inches on floor models -- rlgM lateral standard; opposite laterals available. Mobile and wall units • operate et 28 Inch SID. .. Model Derscrlptlon MB-700 A/C 70 kVp Floor e' Base LB•700 A/C 70 kVp Floor Stn" Base FB-700 A!C 70 kVp Floor Stn` Flip Base P-700M A/C 70 kVp Mobile P700W/SA A/C 70 kVp Short Arm Well ' ADDED COSY OPTIONS: 900 Series (90 kVpllOmA) • Opposite lateral • 220 V/50 Hz operation ~ ~ • In the wall wiring (requires • All options must be ordered with the ;, ' electrician) unit, '~ P-900 SER/ES » The 900 series offers more kVp power. Other features are similar to the 700 series, induding adjustable kVp from 50 to 90. Condun - Series 900 Series 700 Hera to Control 50.90 kVpp/10mA 50-70 kVp/10mA Al 5 kV A E / 0-70 15m 2.59mm . quivalent p Head to Well Connsctar 11D Volt 1.5 AL Equivalent Power - - - ~ POWER REQUIREMENTS - Separate1051130 Volts, 20 amp grounded service. - (tt is recommended that the unit be connected to a 20 amp GFCI outlet.) - ~ ~ STANDARD COtOR - Light "Smoke" Gray ~ ~ ~ i ORTHOPOSER » Nat supplied on Wall and Mobile ~ _ ` ~ WARRANTY - 5 Year Mechanical - 2 Year Electrical, ntus 3 Year '`., Electrical Prorated Remote 220 Volt AC, 50 Hertz Available Mountlnp of contra , ` AMERICAN COMPONENTS Whenever feasible, products o1 American manufacture end origin ern used. 4220 WALLER DRIVE CRYSTAL LAKE, IL 80012 MAIL: P.O. BOX 1857 CRYSTAL LAKE, IL 60038-1857 (81 S) 455-2470 FAX (815) 46b-4732 http Jfueer.tno.»eti-xcot •-mall xcel m rno.net MAN(JFACTLIRfNO X.RAY EOIJIPMENT IN U.S.A. SINCE YB~f ~~ ..:~., ,. .~..•..,.:.L e145 1 1 I I 33.0 71 5 A-BD t29 IN. F.I.D.I TOTAL P.05 S° 1.11 ~] ~ I lt•: I'r~ ijt•rt: 1!11 •.ll•.,~; \I~m~nail ~n unnnq~~~ini nnnniiiu_ nip iLnl- nll~a- fL ~ilriliit in ;yyiliraii~~in. 111 InuJur~- inrlwh• u'hi ~ Irruiral rnirl aliirli rail lu (i~ lrl ailjn-tril to Ilrr ilr-in•tl Iriielli. 1111;11\\ `,Irl I I`.I~II ' 1 1 In. ~; ~~Ili r• .iui~nili .:n in (1111,11 Milli r~rrliliun:rl iltiraliilin. I.inr h 1 r+ P \\ I ri' 1'uill III, . vrllaer lu u~l:nn nn~I• arr rlr:n •iliruii. I.~n~ ~nlia_r ruril- arr Lraiilrvl alnniinuin. 1.1 1•• Inliti,lnoll~ nnnnli I~I~rwn h.nngn;ni _la--. I \\II'~ hailnlili iii line ~nllac~. Ir~w ~rrhaci and rniulwrl 11u~a•r,n•nt tin ru-r ill' uuiirlrin_ uiL, r lulu ~i ui rrr- in iLr ulgrlir:u i~~u. t.! \--lit\Ih•~`Il)••~ lil° ~ ~' "rig Muni ~ I11'uui: t... _ 1\i i;l) a ~g 8 \\ I I ~: ~~j~t~~s_ (:_r',~j~.~a,(1(; ~t ~~~~~~~:-;: ~~~~. ;;I-(,I;~;11( -~I~~, +. ~I:hll";ti (:1.;1titi 1.1\IP (in1•In11t~11) 1\ 11""1 1(:I•: 11U1 \"I"I\(: I.\111)\1 1111: I'I\I~I I TX140 -line voltage GR- green Line Voltage lamps R -Rail mount ~ A -aluminum ~E TX140LV -low voliage2 AM- amber G9C -G9 clear 40 M - Monopointt B -black TX140CF -compact RD- red G9F -G9 frosted fluorescent WH- white BL• blue Low Voltage lamps ~GYC -GY 6.35 clear 35 t • Monopoini mount comes complete with canopy '~ suitable for attachment to junction box. GYF -GY 6.35 frosted *50 2. Low Voltage supplied with electronic transformer. ~'ompact Fluorescent tamp G23 -2 pin 2700k 5 G ` ~ 776 South Green S;.. Tupelo. hAS 38804 Phone 662.842.7212 FAX 662.841.5501 wv~w.solislighting. r.om www.dcolighling.com ) S Omrgs L~ghling roservcs the right Ir mrke changes without notice a 2068. Rrv 7'08 \'~ ~\ ~ _ 'I Gracga Lighting !< .. PP, I'p~ p, oup brand i ~~~, i ; . i LINE VOLTAGE ( ~...,. y SLOPES CEILING ADP,PTER TX235A Sloped adapter aiuminurz 7X2356 Sloped adapter. Mack l~.ac to 1Fl~~ccr.~~~,y c~ rig e Glen, Rail is hand bendable. Bending Tool is also available. i ELESCCPING STEPl TX250A 3"-6'. ~:Icroi~~un' 7X2506 3'-5 , i',lar,< TX255A G'-t2". aluminum 7X2556 6 =2'. e~iac~c TX260A 12'-24', zla~ninun, 7X2606 12"-24", olack TX263A 24~-48', elu~,~~in~,m 7X2636 24'-48'. blacis 1 ~l ~ - ~ ? 776 Souih Green Sr.. Tupelc. MS 38804 Phone 662.842.7272 FAX 662.841.5501 www.caprdighling.ccm www.dcoligMiny.ccm Omega LiyMiny reserves the •~yhf to make changes wdhoui notice.©2008. Real/08 4~'ALL BRI~CKET TX240A Wall bracket. aluminum 7X2406 Wall bracket. black RIGID STAf~CJOFF TX247A 3' rigid ~iandoif aluminum 7X2476 ? rigid raanooff, black ~~ _~~,.. . ~i Tx~aR ~~ r :i:n BrisaTM Linear Bow Surface Mount FB3114E ' Page 1 of 1 Wall/Ceiling Mount T5 Fluorescent ADA Compliant ~.S 1, '15' u,a3~~rd 'r 16'16' w:f-Y. ~ i45ru•il u uo,n:l 1 -~ T 13'76.. l/lnira ~ , I i J ;i 5'76" C1~2' ® IE4rn',l !t7Sminl / ~ Fixture Ordering Information (Single Lamp) Catalog No. Description Finish Wattage Volts Lamp FB3114E1 linear Bow Surface Mount Satin aluminum 14W 120V (1) T5 FB3114E2 Linear Bow Surface Mount Satin aluminum 14W 277V 11) T5 Diffuser Ordering Information Catalog No. Descri tion Finish Dimensions (Nominal) FBA3 Acrylic Bow Diffuser Opal 3" x 24° FBG3 Glass Bow Difiusei Opal 3" x 24" Features 1. Housing Sides and ends: Die-cast aluminum 2. Bask Pan: Stamped 18ga (0.048")sheet metal. 3. Diffuser: Bowed opal glass or opal acrylic 4. Optics: Internal white acrylic diffuser covers slots on housing sides ' and ends. 5. J-Box Covers: Die-cast split covers to enclose 4" octagonal J-Box IJ-Box by othersl. 6. Fixture Mounting Plate: Stamped 16ga (0.048") sheet metal Mounting Fixture mounts directly to 4" octayonal junction box, Octagonal junction box mounting requires use of "J-Box Covers" and °Fixture Moun.Ung Plate" sup- plied standard. Electrical 7. Ballast: Eiecironic 120V & 277V Voltage ___ 120V ~277V ' _ - 'Total Input Watts __ ZBW 28W _ _ Max. Line Current (Amps)__ 0.20A_ ~ 0.11A __ ___ Power Factor _ 0.90 _ D,90 _ Mm. Starting Temp -20=F, -30'C -20`F_3_0`_C_ 8. Luminaire-Ballast Disconnect: Meets NEC 410.1301G) and CEC Disconnect Requirements ' Lampholders Fluorescent: Mim Bi~Pin, G5 8ase Camping (by others) General Electric Osram/Sylvania Philips 111 14W T5 Linear Fluorescent F14WjT5/'/ECO FP14/" F14T5/'/ALTO 'Manufactures Color Temperature Designation Finish Satin Aluminum. Labels cULus Listed. Suitable for Damp Locations, Type: Job Name Cat. No.: Lamp(s): Notes Lightolier a Genlyte company www.lightolier.com 631 Airport Aoad. Fall River, MA 02720 • (5081 fi79-8t3t • Fax (5081674.4710 We reserve the right to change details of design, materials and finish ,~ 20D7 Genlyte Group LLC • 0907 ^ V/ ~~ 1 111 c